SCIENCE – Code no.

086
SAMPLE QUESTION PAPER*
CLASS – X (2025-26)
Max. Marks: 80 Time Allowed: 3 hours
General Instructions:
(i) This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology,
Section B is Chemistry and Section C is Physics.
(ii) All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some
questions. A student is expected to attempt only one of these questions.

Section – A Marks

1 Select the group in which all organisms have the same mode of nutrition. 1
A. Cuscuta, yeast, legumes, leeches and tapeworm
B. Cactus, ticks, lice, leeches and cow
C. Cuscuta, ticks, lice, leeches and tapeworm
D. Cactus, grass, lice, lion and tapeworm

2 Which of the following options indicates the products formed after breakdown 1
of the glucose in our muscle cells when there is lack of oxygen?
A. Ethanol + carbon dioxide + Energy
B. Lactic acid + Energy
C. Lactic acid + carbon monoxide + Energy
D. Carbon dioxide + Water + Energy

3 Which of the following is a correct combination of function and part of the 1

brain?
A. Posture and balance: Cerebrum
B. Salivation: Medulla in midbrain
C. Hunger: Pons in hindbrain
D. Blood pressure: Medulla in hindbrain

4 The blood glucose level in a patient was very high. It may be due to 1
inadequate secretion of:
A. growth hormone from pituitary gland
B. oestrogen from ovary
C. insulin from pituitary gland
D. insulin from pancreas

5 In a cross between black furred rabbit (B) and white furred rabbit (b), all 1
offspring were found to have black fur. What can be inferred about the genetic
makeup of the parent rabbits?
A. BB X bb
B. Bb X Bb
C. Bb X bb
D. bb X bb
*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
6 Which are the correct statements related to ozone? 1
(i) Ozone layer helps in increasing the UV radiations reaching earth.
(ii) Ozone is a deadly poison.
(iii) Ozone layer shields the earth from UV radiations.
(iv) Ozone layer prevents UV rays which cause skin cancer.
(v) Ozone is formed with the help of Chloroflurocarbons.

A. (i), (ii), (iii)

B. (ii), (iii), (iv)
C. (iii), (iv), (v)
D. (i), (iv), (v)

7 Which of the following human activities has resulted in an increase of non- 1

biodegradable substances?
A. Organic farming
B. Increase in tree plantation
C. Use of plastic as packaging material
D. Composting of kitchen waste

The following two questions consist of two statements – Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Answer these questions by selecting the appropriate option given below:
A. Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
B. Both A and R are true, and R is not the correct explanation of A.
C. A is true but R is false.
D. A is false but R is true.

8 Assertion (A): Tallness of a pea plant is controlled by an enzyme. 1

Reason (R): The gene for that enzyme makes proteins which help the plant to
be tall.

9 Assertion (A): Vulture will always have the least amount of pesticides in a food 1
chain.
Reason (R): Vulture occupies the last trophic level and it gets only 10% of
energy of the previous trophic level.

10 Unlike animals, plants do not have any excretory products as they do not eat 2
food. Comment upon the statement with justification.

11 Students to attempt either option A or B. 2

A. How many chambers are there in the heart of the following organisms?
How is mixing of oxygenated and deoxygenated blood prevented in their
body?
(i) Fishes
(ii) Humans
OR
B. Explain the mechanism by which the water is transported in plants?

12 About 100 acres of forest land was declared as Natural reserve park. The 2
following organisms were predominant in the Natural reserve park:

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 rabbit, frog, grass, fish, fox, water insects, zebra, peacock, snake, trees, bird,
owl, insects, tiger, vulture, duck.
Create a food web comprising two separate food chains with different
producers by using the above data.

13 Draw and explain how the nerve cells help in transmission of impulses? 3

14 In a genetic experiment, plants with pure round green seeds (RRyy) were 3
crossed with plants with wrinkled yellow seeds (rrYY).
(i) Show the gametes formed when F1 was self-pollinated.
(ii) A total of 144 seeds were produced which developed into saplings.
Show the ratio in which these traits are independently inherited in
these144 sapling.

15 Neha consumed boiled sweet potatoes and boiled eggs for breakfast. Help her 4
to understand some steps in the process of digestion of the food taken by her
by answering the questions given below.
Attempt either subpart A or B.
A. Which of these food items is rich in proteins? In which part of the
alimentary canal is the digestion of this component initiated? Name the
enzymes, conditions required and the glands associated with the
digestion here.
OR
B. Which of these food items contains fats? How is it digested?
C. Which of these food items is rich in starch? How is its digestion initiated?
D. The figure given below represents parts of the human alimentary canal.
Which of these parts will have the maximum amount of digested food as
soon as the process of digestion is completed?

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 For visually impaired students
D. How will the digested food be taken up by the alimentary canal?

16 Attempt either option A or B. 5

A. Puneet wanted to grow banana plants.
(i) Based on your knowledge on plant reproduction should he opt for seeds
or any alternate method of reproduction. Justify your answer.
(ii) Offsprings of a banana plant usually show very little variation. What
causes variation and are variations good or bad? Justify.
OR
B. Annie was conducting research on the number of fruits produced by
watermelon under different conditions. She grew 25 watermelon plants
each in both glass house A and B. She introduced pollinators in glass
house A only.
(i) What difference will she observe in the number of fruits produced in the
two glass houses? Explain with reason.
(ii) List 3 changes that will occur in a flower once it gets fertilized.

Section – B

17 Which of the following equations represent redox reactions and what are the
values for ‘p’ and ‘q’ in these equations? 1
Equation 1: Fe2O3(s) + 2Al(s) Al2O3 (s) + p Fe(l) + heat
Equation 2: 2C4H10(g) + 13O2(g) △ 8CO2(g)+ q H2O(g)
A. Only equation 1 is a redox reaction, p =1 and q=3
B. Both equations 1 and 2 are redox reactions, p= 2 and q=4
C. Only equation 2 is a redox reaction, p= 2 and q= 10
D. Both equations 1 and 2 are redox reactions, p= 2 and q=10

18 Four statements about the reactions of oxides with dilute hydrochloric acid and
aqueous sodium hydroxide are listed. 1
I. Aluminium oxide reacts with both dilute hydrochloric acid and aqueous
sodium hydroxide.
II. Calcium oxide reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid and aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
III. Zinc oxide reacts with both dilute hydrochloric acid and aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
IV. Sulphur dioxide does not react with either dilute hydrochloric acid or
aqueous sodium hydroxide.
Which statements are correct?
A. I and II
B. I and III
C. II and IV
D. III and IV

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
19 An iron nail is added to each of the two test tubes ‘P’ and ‘Q’ containing
aqueous copper (II) sulphate, and aqueous silver nitrate respectively. Which of 1
the following observation is correct?
A. In test tube ‘P’ iron nail is coated with a blue coating and in test tube ‘Q’
there is no reaction.
B. Iron nail is coated with a brown coating in test tube ‘P’ and silver coating
in test tube ‘Q’.
C. There is no reaction in either of the test tubes ‘P’ or ‘Q’.
D. There is no reaction in test tube ‘P’ but a silver coating on iron nail is
seen in test tube ‘Q’.

20 Methyl orange is added to dilute hydrochloric acid and to aqueous sodium

hydroxide. What is the colour of the methyl orange in each solution? 1

Sample colour in dilute colour in aqueous

hydrochloric acid sodium hydroxide
A Orange Red
B Red Yellow
C Red Orange
D Yellow Red

21 Which of the following substances when dissolved in equal volume of water,

will have the highest pH value? 1
A. Sulphuric acid
B. Acetic acid
C. Magnesium hydroxide
D. Sodium hydroxide

22 When excess of carbon dioxide is passed through lime water, the milkiness
disappears because 1
A. water soluble calcium carbonate converts to water soluble calcium
bicarbonate.
B. insoluble calcium carbonate converts to water soluble calcium
bicarbonate.
C. water soluble calcium carbonate converts to insoluble calcium
bicarbonate.
D. insoluble calcium carbonate converts to insoluble calcium bicarbonate.

23 In the reaction of aqueous solution of barium chloride with aqueous solution of 1

sodium sulphate, the aqueous solution formed will be:
A. BaCl2
B. BaSO4
C. Na2SO4
D. NaCl

The following question consists of two statements – Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Answer
these questions by selecting the appropriate option given below:
A. Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
B. Both A and R are true, and R is not the correct explanation of A.
*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 C. A is true but R is false.
D. A is false but R is true.

24 Assertion (A): C4H8, C4H6 and C4H10 are members of the same homologous 1
series
Reason (R): C4H8, C4H6, C3H4, C3H6, C2H4, C2H2 are unsaturated
hydrocarbons.

25 The following activity is set-up in the science lab by the teacher. 2

He clamped an aluminium wire on a stand and fixed a pin to the free end of
the wire using wax. Then he heated the wire with a burner from the end where
the wire is clamped. Students observed the pin fall off.

A. If the teacher replaces aluminium wire by silver wire, will the students’
observation change? Justify your answer.
B. Will the aluminium wire melt? Give reason for your answer.

26 Attempt either option A or B.

3
A. An element ‘X’ is stored in kerosene, and cannot be extracted from its ore
using a reducing agent. ‘X’ forms an ionic compound on reaction with
chlorine.
(i) Can we store ‘X’ in water? Give reason to support your answer.
(ii) Identify element ‘X’. Name the process used and write the equation for
extraction of ‘X’ from its ore.
OR
B. The domes of many building in Europe are made of copper. These domes
now appear greenish in colour.
(i) Why do the domes appear greenish though copper is orange-red in
colour?
(ii) In your opinion, should the copper domes be replaced by iron domes to
overcome the problem of change of colour of copper domes?
(iii) Domes used to be made from thin sheets of metals. Why did the ancient
architects use copper to make domes?

27 Amrita electrolysed distilled water using the set-up shown in figure 1. She was 3
expecting two gases to be evolved at the anode and cathode respectively

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 Fig.1
Suddenly, she realised that the bulb in the circuit did not glow when she used
distilled water (figure 2)

Fig. 2
After this realization, she added a substance to the distilled water for
electrolysis to take place.
Answer the following questions based on the information given above:
A. Which gas was she expecting to be formed at the anode and which one
at the cathode respectively?
B. Why did the bulb not glow when Amrita passed electricity through
distilled water?
C. Which substance was added by Amrita to distilled water to get the
expected result?
-------------------
For visually impaired students
Identify the type of reaction:
A. ZnO + C Zn + CO
B. ZnCO3 heat ZnO + CO2
C. 2Mg + O2 2 MgO + heat

28 Sara took 2 mL of dilute NaOH solution in a test tube and added two drops of 4
phenolphthalein solution to it. The solution turned pink in colour. She added
dilute H2SO4 to the above solution drop by drop until the solution in the test
tube became colourless. 40 drops of dilute H2SO4 were used for the change in

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 colour from pink to colourless. When Sara added a drop of NaOH to the
solution, the colour changed to back to pink again.
Sara now tried the activity with different volumes of NaOH and recorded her
observation in the table given below:

S. No. Volume of dil. Drops of dil.

NaOH taken (mL) H2SO4 used
1 2 20
2 3 30
3 4 40
Answer the following questions based on the above information:
A. If Sara used concentrated H2SO4 in place of dilute H2SO4, how many drops
will be required for the change in colour to be observed?
(a) 40
(b) < 40
(c) >40
Justify your answer.
B. Sara measured 20 drops of dil. H2SO4 and found its volume to be 1 mL. If
Sara observed a change in colour of NaoH solution by using 3 mL of
H2SO4, how many mL of NaOH did she add to the test tube initially?
OR
Sara takes 10 drops of dilute H2SO4 in the test tube and adds two drops of
phenolphthalein solution to it. Then she adds NaOH dropwise. Sara
observes a change in colour after adding 20 drops of NaOH. What change
in colour would she observe and why?
C. Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction taking place in the
above experiment. Which of the following is true and why? The reaction is
a
(a) neutralisation and double displacement reaction
(b) neutralisation and precipitation reaction
(c) precipitation and double displacement reaction
(d) neutralisation, double displacement as well as precipitation reaction.

29 Attempt either option A or B. 5

A. A hydrocarbon with the formula CxHy undergoes complete combustion as
shown in the following equation:
2CxHy + 9O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O.
(a) What are the values of ‘x’ and ‘y’?
(b) Give the chemical (IUPAC) name of the hydrocarbon.
(c) Draw its electron dot structure.
(d) Name the alcohol which on heating with conc. H2SO4 will produce the
above hydrocarbon CxHy.

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 (e) Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction of CxHy with
hydrogen gas in presence of Nickel.
OR
B. The electronic structures of atoms P and Q are shown below

Based on the information given above, answer the following questions:

(a) If P and Q combine to form a compound, what type of bond is formed
between them?
(b) Give the chemical formula of the compound formed.
(c) The compound so formed is dissolved in water. Is the resultant solution
acidic or basic in nature? Justify your answer.
(d) Write the chemical equation for the reaction between ‘Q’ and ethanol.
(e) What will be the formula of the compound formed when ‘P’ undergoes
bonding with carbon?
-------------------
For visually impaired students
A. A hydrocarbon with the formula CxHy undergoes complete combustion as
shown in the following equation:
2CxHy + 9O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O.
(a) What are the values of ‘x’ and ‘y’?
(b) Give the chemical (IUPAC) name of the hydrocarbon.
(c) Is CxHy a saturated or an unsaturated hydrocarbon?
(d) Name the alcohol which on heating with conc. H2SO4 will produce the
above hydrocarbon CxHy.
(e) Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction of CxHy with
hydrogen gas in presence of Nickel.
OR
B. Oxygen can combine with both metals and non-metals. It combines with
Calcium to form CaO and with carbon to form CO2.
(a) What type of bond is formed between carbon and oxygen?
(b) Identify the type of bond formed between Calcium and oxygen.
(c) Which of the above compounds will be a good conductor of electricity
in molten state and why?
(d) Comment on the physical state (solid, liquid or gas) of CaO and CO2.
(e) What is the valency of carbon in CO2?

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 Section – C

Arnav was making notes and he wrote down the following statements from his 1
30
understanding of reflection from curved surfaces.
I. Concave mirrors can produce both real and virtual images depending on
the position of the object.
II. Convex mirrors always produce real, inverted images regardless of the
object’s position.
III. In both concave and convex mirrors, the image location can be
1 1 1
determined using the mirror formula = + where f is the focal length,
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
v is the image distance, and u is the object distance.
Choose from the following the correct option that lists the correct statements
about reflection from curved surfaces.
A. I and II
B. I, II and III
C. II and III
D. I and III

31 Choose the correct option from the below which explains the reason for us to 1
perceive the day sky as blue.
A. As sunlight passes through the atmosphere, shorter wavelengths, such
as blue are scattered more than other colors.
B. The sky appears blue because all colors are scattered equally, but
blue light is stronger and more visible to the human eye.
C. The blue color of the sky is due to longer wavelengths like red and
orange scattering more than shorter wavelengths, making blue stand
out more.
D. The atmosphere contains blue-colored particles that give the sky its
blue appearance.

The following question consists of two statements – Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Answer
these questions by selecting the appropriate option given below:
A. Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
B. Both A and R are true, and R is not the correct explanation of A.
C. A is true but R is false.
D. A is false but R is true.

32 Assertion (A): A point object is placed at a distance of 26 cm from a convex 1

mirror of focal length 26 cm. The image will not form at infinity.
1 1 1
Reason (R): For above given system the equation 𝑓 = 𝑣 + 𝑢 gives v = ∞.

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
33 2

The above image shows the formation of an image with an optical instrument.
A. Identify the optical instrument (shown schematically as a rectangle) in
the image.
B. What type of image is formed in this case?
C. Based on the measurements given in the image, calculate the focal
length of the instrument.
--------------
For visually impaired students
A. Under what conditions can a convex lens form a virtual image?
B. Why does a piece of paper catch fire if we allow sunlight to pass
through a convex lens onto the paper?

34 Attempt either option A or B. 2

A.

Find out the following in the electric circuit given in the figure-
(i) Effective resistance of two 8 ohm resistors in the combination.
(ii) Current flowing through the 4-ohm resistor
OR

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 B.

Study the circuit and find out-

(i) Current in 12 ohm resistor
(ii) Difference in the readings of ammeter A1 and A2 if any
--------------
For visually impaired students
A. You are given four resistors each having resistance of R ohm. Find the
maximum and minimum resistance that can be made with these four
resistors.
OR
B. A copper wire has a length L=2 m, a cross-sectional area A=0.5 mm2, and
resistivity ρ=1.7×10−8 Ω-m. Calculate the resistance of another wire made
of the same material whose length is twice the length of the wire but has
the same cross-sectional area.

35 3

The above image shows a corrective measure for a particular defect of vision.
(i) Identify the defect of vision and state what kind of lens is used to correct
this deficiency.
(ii) Draw and label a ray diagram that shows the defect of vision in the above
case before correction.
--------------
For visually impaired students
(i) What is dispersion of light?
*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 (ii) Explain the condition under which dispersion happens?
(iii) Give one reason that causes presbyopia.

36 A student needs to make a 0.12 Ω resistor. She has some copper wire of 0.80 3
mm diameter. Resistivity of copper is 1.8 × 10–8 Ωm
(i) Determine the cross-sectional area of the wire.
(ii) Calculate the length of wire required for the 0.12 Ω resistor.

37 Magnetic field lines are shown in the given diagram. A student makes a 3
statement that the magnetic field at X is stronger than at Y.
(i) Explain with reason if the student’s claim is correct.
(ii) Also redraw the diagram and mark the direction of magnetic field lines.

38 4

The above image is that of a Digital Single Lense Reflector (DSLR) Camera
which are used to take high resolution photographs by professional
photographers. The second image of the above two is a schematic diagram of
how an image is formed on the sensor of the camera. Based on your
understanding of the lenses, answer the following questions.
A. What type of lens is used in the DSLR camera shown in the image?
B. What type of image is formed on the sensor?
Attempt either subpart C or D.
C. A photographer is using a DSLR camera with a lens of focal length
f=50 mm to take a close-up photograph of a small object. The lens
projects an image onto the camera sensor that is located 60 mm behind
the lens. Calculate the object distance (i.e., the distance between the
object and the lens).

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 OR
D. A photographer is using a DSLR camera to take a picture of a flower.
The flower is positioned 150 mm away from the camera lens. The actual
height of the flower is 80 mm, and the image height formed on the
camera’s sensor is measured to be 20 mm. Calculate the focal length of
the camera lens.
For visually impaired students
Zarina worked as an apprentice in a factory where flashlights and solar cookers
are made. She learnt to make the circuits, the design of the light-box and light
concentrators of the solar cookers as well. She learnt the uses of lenses in
making all those tools. Based on your understanding of lenses, answer the
following questions.
A. What kind of lenses are used in the flashlight and light concentrator of the
solar-cooker?
B. Give reasons for your choices in your answer for part A.
Attempt either subpart C or D.
C. An object is placed 40 cm away from a lens which is normally used in a
solar-cooker. The image formed is twice the size of the object. Calculate
the focal length of the lens.
OR
D. An object is placed 20 cm in front of a lens which is used in a flashlight,
and the image is formed 10 cm away from the lens on the same side as
the object. Calculate the focal length of the lens.

39 Attempt either option A or B. 5

A.

The arrangement of resistors shown in the above figure is connected to a

battery.;
The power dissipation in the 100 Ω resistor is 81 W. Calculate
(i) the current in the circuit
(ii) the reading in the voltmeter V2
(iii) the reading in the voltmeter V1

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 OR
B.

An electric heater consists of three similar heating elements A, B and C,

connected as shown in the figure above. Each heating element is rated as 1.2
kW, 240 V and has constant resistance. S1, S2 and S3 are respective
switches.
The circuit is connected to a 240 V supply.
(i) Calculate the resistance of one heating element.
(ii) Calculate the current in each resistor when only S1 and S3 are
closed.
(iii) Calculate the power dissipated across A when S1, S2 and S3 are
closed.
--------------
For visually impaired students
A.
(i) Explain why in household circuits only the fuse is connected in series
with all the rest of the appliances but all appliances are connected in
parallel to each other.
(ii) In a household circuit, an electric heater of power 1500 Wand a fan of
power 500 W are connected in parallel to a 220 V supply. A fuse rated
for 10 A is connected to the circuit to protect it from excessive current.
(a) Calculate the total current drawn by the heater and the fan.
(b) Determine whether the 10 A fuse is appropriate for this circuit or
if it will blow.
OR
B. Two resistors, R1=6 Ω and R2=12 Ω, are connected in parallel to a 24V
battery. The circuit operates for 5 minutes.
(i) Calculate the total heat generated in both resistors.
(ii) If each resistor has a power rating of 100 W, determine whether it is safe
to use these resistors in the circuit.

***********

*Please note that the assessment scheme of the Academic Session 2024-25 will continue in the current session
i.e. 2025-26.
 SCIENCE – Code no. 086
MARKING SCHEME
CLASS – X (2025-26)

Section – A

1 C. Cuscuta, ticks, lice, leeches and tapeworm; as all of these are parasites. 1

2 B. Lactic acid + Energy 1

3 D. Blood pressure: Medulla in hindbrain 1

4 D. insulin from pancreas 1

5 A. BB x bb 1

6 B. (ii), (iii), (iv) 1

7 C. Use of plastic as packaging material. 1

8 A. Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A. 1

9 D. A is false but R is true 1

10 It is completely wrong to say that plants do not produce any excretory 2

products.
However, plants use completely different strategies for excretion than those
of the animals. They get rid of these wastes in different manner (any two):
i. Oxygen, a photosynthetic waste, is removed through stomata.
ii. Excess water is removed by transpiration through stomata.
iii. Other metabolic wastes are either stored in dead cells, resins and
gums or are removed through falling of old leaves.
iv. Many waste products are stored in cellular vacuoles

11 Students to attempt either option A or B. 2

A.
(i) There are two chambers in the heart of fish. The blood is pumped to
the gills, is oxygenated there and passes directly to the rest of the
body.
(ii) There are four chambers in the heart of a human being. Separation
of the right side and the left side of the heart by septum prevents
mixing of oxygenated and de-oxygenated bloods
OR
B. Xylem moves water and minerals obtained from the soil through roots to
all other parts of the plant in a unidirectional manner// Transpiration
takes place from leaf which causes a transpirational pull in the tracheids
and vessels of xylem facilitating upward movement of water// roots
 actively uptake ions from the soil, leading to difference in concentration
gradient, thereby water moves into the roots to eliminate this difference/
creating a steady movement of water into root xylem.

12 Tree food chain- tree, zebra, tiger /Any other food chain 2
Grassland food chain- grass, zebra, tiger / Any other food chain
Food web- Join the two food chains at a common point (zebra)

13  All information from our environment is detected by the specialised tips 3

of some nerve cells. The information acquired at the end of the dendritic
tip of a nerve cell (Fig. a), sets off a chemical reaction that creates an
electrical impulse.
 This impulse travels from the dendrite to the cell body, and then along
the axon to its end. At the end of the axon, the electrical impulse sets off
the release of some chemicals.
 These chemicals cross the gap, or synapse, and start a similar electrical
impulse in a dendrite of the next neuron. This is how nervous impulses
travel in the body. (Fig b).

14 A. RY, Ry, rY, ry 3

B. The traits which are independently inherited are as follows
Tall round: 81
Tall wrinkled: 27
Short round: 27
Short wrinkled: 9
(Ratio :- 9 : 3 : 3 : 1)

15 Students to attempt either subpart A or B. 4

A. Eggs are rich in proteins. The digestion of proteins is initiated in the
stomach. Gastric glands present in the wall of the stomach release
 hydrochloric acid, a protein digesting enzyme called pepsin and mucus.
The hydrochloric acid creates an acidic medium which facilitates the
action of enzyme pepsin.
OR
B. Eggs contain fats. Bile juice from the liver breaks down large fat globules
into smaller ones for increasing the efficiency of the enzymes and making
the medium alkaline. Emulsified fats are digested by lipase secreted by
pancreas.
C. Sweet potatoes are rich in starch. The saliva secreted by salivary glands
present in buccal cavity contain an enzyme called salivary amylase that
breaks down starch which is a complex molecule to give sugar.
D. Small Intestine will have a maximum amount of digested food as the
process of digestion is completed in the small intestine.
For Visually impaired students
D. The digested food is taken up by the inner lining of the intestine with the
help of finger-like projections or villi which increase the surface area for
the absorption.

16 Student to attempt either option A or B. 5

(i) Puneet should not choose seeds as banana plants have lost the
capacity to produce seeds. He should go for vegetative propagation
of banana (by stem cutting).
(ii) Errors and variations in DNA copying cause variation.
Variation is good as it can help a population tide over unfavourable
conditions by survival of some variants.
It is bad as parents’ desirable characters are lost/ sometimes variants
are not able to survive in the new conditions/ the variant is not able to
use the cellular apparatus efficiently.
OR
(i) Watermelon has unisexual flowers, the male and female flowers are
separate.
The presence of pollinators will facilitate cross pollination between the
flowers increasing the chance of fertilization and number of fruits
being produced. Without pollinators the probability of pollen falling on
stigma reduces in a unisexual flower, especially if they are far apart
thus the number of fruits produced will be less.
(ii) The three changes observed are:
● Ovule develops a tough coat and becomes seed.
● Ovary grows and ripens to form fruit.
● Petals, sepals, stamen, style and stigma may shrivel and fall off.

Section – B

17 D. Both equations 1 and 2 are redox reactions, p= 2 and q=10 1

18 B. (I) and (III) 1

19 B. Iron nail is coated with a brown coating in test tube ‘P’ and silver coating 1
in test tube ‘Q’.

20 B. Red Yellow 1

21 D. Sodium hydroxide 1

22 B. insoluble calcium carbonate converts to water soluble calcium 1

bicarbonate.

23 D. NaCl 1

24 D. A is false but R is true 1

25 A. The pin will drop but will take less time to drop because silver is a better 2
conductor of heat than aluminium.
B. No, aluminium wire will not melt because metals have high melting points.

26 Attempt either option A or B. 3

A.
(i) No, ‘X’ is highly reactive and will catch fire.
(ii) Sodium.
It is extracted from molten sodium chloride by electrolytic
reduction
Cathode: Na+ + e-  Na
Anode: 2Cl-  Cl2 + 2e-
(Potassium is also a correct option)
OR
B.
(i) Copper gets oxidised/corroded to basic copper carbonate which is
greenish in colour.
(ii) No, iron will rust and the reddish layer of rust will come off exposing
iron to air, the dome will not be stable. Copper on the other hand on
corrosion forms a protective layer which does not allow further
corrosion.
(iii) Copper is a highly malleable metal, its thin sheets can be used to
give different shapes of roofs, like the shape of a dome.

27 A. She was expecting Oxygen gas to be formed at the anode and hydrogen 3
at the cathode.
B. Distilled water is a poor conductor of electricity.
C. Adding few drops of H2SO4 or some NaCl (or any other strong
electrolyte).
For visually impaired students
A. Redox reaction
 B. Decomposition reaction and endothermic reaction
C. Combination reaction and exothermic reaction

28 A. (b) < 40, because concentrated H2SO4 gives more H+ ions than dilute 4
acid.
B. 3 mL of H2SO4 will be 60 drops, which will neutralise 6 mL of NaOH
S. No. Volume of dil Drops of dil
NaOH taken (mL) H2SO4 used
1 2 20 (1 mL)
2 3 30 (1.5 mL)
3 4 40 (2 mL)
4 6 3 mL = 60 drops

OR
Colour will change from colourless to pink. Phenolphthalein in
colourless in acids and turns pink in basic solution.
C. 2NaOH + H2SO4  Na2SO4 + 2H2O
(a) neutralisation and double displacement reaction.
Base NaOH is getting neutralised and forming salt + water. It is
double displacement as Na+ ions are being replaced by H+ and OH-
by SO42-. It is not precipitation reaction because Na2SO4 is soluble in
water.

29 Student to attempt either option A or B. 5

A.
(a) x = 3, y = 6
(b) Propene
(c)

(d) Propanol
(e) C3H6 + H2 Ni C3H8
CH2=CH-CH3 + H2 CH3-CH2-CH3
OR
B.
(a) Ionic bond
(b) Q2P
(c) Basic, metallic oxides are basic in nature.
(d) 2C2H5OH +2Q  2C2H5OQ + H2
(e) CP2

For visually impaired students

A.
(a) x = 3, y = 6
 (b) Propene
(c) Unsaturated hydrocarbon
(d) Propanol
(e) C3H6 + H2 Ni C3H8
OR
B.
(a) Covalent bond
(b) Ionic bond
(c) CaO, due to presence of free ions in molten state.
(d) CaO is solid while CO2 is a gas.
(e) 4

Section – C

30 D. I and III 1

31 A. As sunlight passes through the atmosphere, Rayleigh scattering causes 1

shorter wavelengths, such as blue and violet, to scatter more than other
colors, but our eyes are more sensitive to blue than violet.

32 C. A is true but R is false 1

33 A. The optical instrument shown in the figure is a concave lens. 2

B. The image formed is a virtual image.
C. To find the focal length for of a concave lens, we can use the lens
formula:

where:
 𝑢 = - 20 cm (object distance, taken as negative for concave
lenses),
 𝑣 = - 10 cm (image distance, also taken as negative since the
image formed by a concave lens is virtual).
Solution:
1. Substitute the values into the lens formula:

2. Simplify the terms:

3. Find a common denominator:

4. Solve for 𝑓:
𝑓 = - 20 cm
 ------------
For visually impaired students
A. A convex lens can form a virtual image when the object is placed
between the lens and its focal point.
B. A convex lens can focus parallel rays of sunlight to a single point,
known as the focal point. Sunlight contains energy, and when this light
is concentrated at a small point, the energy density increases
significantly. This focused light energy raises the temperature at the
focal point, which can become high enough to ignite a piece of paper
placed at that point.

34 Student to attempt either A or B. 2

A.
(i)
𝑅1 𝑅2 8×8
𝑅= = = 4 𝑜ℎ𝑚𝑠
𝑅1 + 𝑅2 8+8
(ii)
𝑉 8
𝐼= = =1𝐴
𝑅 (4 + 4)
OR
B.
(i)
1 1 1 1 1 2
= + = + =
𝑅𝑃 𝑅1 𝑅2 24 24 24
Rp = 12 ohms
RT= Rp+12 = 24 ohms
𝑉 6
𝐼= = = 0.25 𝐴
𝑅 24
(ii) Same readings of A1 and A2
------------
For visually impaired students

A.
(i) Maximum Resistance:
 To get the maximum resistance, connect all four resistors in
series.
 The total resistance Rmax in series is the sum of the individual
resistance:

(ii) Minimum Resistance:

 To get the minimum resistance, connect all four resistors in
parallel.
  The total resistance Rmin in parallel is given by:

OR
B.

Step 1: Calculate the initial resistance R1 and 𝑙 = 2 m

Step 2: Calculate the new resistance R2 and 𝑙 = 4 m (double length)

The resistance of the wire when the length is double is 0.136 Ω

(i) Hypermetropia is the deficiency in vision and the lens is convex lens.
35 3
(ii)

------------
For visually impaired students
(i) Dispersion of light is the phenomenon in which white light separates into
its component colors (spectrum) when it passes through a medium, such
as a prism. Different colours of light lend through different angles with
respect to incident light, thus becoming district.
 (ii) Dispersion occurs when light passes from one medium to another where
the speed of light is different for each wavelength. For example, in a
prism, each color of light has a different refractive index due to varying
wavelengths, causing each color to bend at different angles as they exit
the prism. Dispersion only happens if the medium has a variable
refractive index across different wavelengths, like glass or water.
(iii) Presbyopia is caused by the gradual loss of flexibility in the lens of the
eye, which occurs with aging. This reduced flexibility prevents the lens
from changing shape effectively to focus on close objects, making it
difficult to see them clearly.

36 (i) Show that the cross-sectional area of the wire is about 5 x 10-7 m2. 3
The cross-sectional are A of a wire with diameter d is given by:

Substitute, d = 0.80 x 10-3 m:

Thus, the cross-sectional are A is approximately 5 x 10-7 m2.

(ii) To find the length 𝑙 of the wire, we can use the formula of
resistance:

Rearrange to solve for 𝑙 :

Substitute the values:

The student needs a length of approximately 3.33 m of given copper wire to

make a 0.12 Ω resistor.
37  Closeness of magnetic field lines is directly related to strength of 3
magnetic field.
 Strength of magnetic field at point X (pole) is more than point Y.
 If the student redraws the diagram he/she should mark arrows correctly
from North to South.

38 A. Convex Lens 4
B. Real and Inverted

Student to attempt either subpart C or D.

C. To find the object distance (u) for the lens, we can use the lens formula:

where:
● f = 50 mm (focal length),
● v = 60 mm (image distance),
● u is the object distance, which we need to calculate.
Rearranging the formula to solve for u:

Substitute the values:

Calculate each term:

Thus, the negative sign indicates that the object is located 300 mm in
front of the lens (on the opposite side from the image). So, the object
distance is:
u = 300 mm
OR
D. image height = - 20 mm
object height = 80 mm
The magnification (m) of the lens is given by:

Substituting the values:

−20𝑚𝑚 1
𝑚= =−
80 𝑚𝑚 4
 Thus, the magnification m = − 0.25 mm.
Magnification is also given by:

where:
● v is the image distance
● u = −150 mm
Rearrange to solve for v:
v = m × u = −0.25 × −150 mm = 37.5 mm
So, the image distance v = 37.5 mm.

The lens formula is:

1 1 1
= −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
Substituting the values of v and u:

Converting to a common denominator:

Thus, f = 30 mm
Answer: The focal length of the camera lens is 30 mm.
------------
For visually impaired students
A. Concave Lens for Flashlight and Convex Lens for solar cooker.
B. Concave lens diverges the light rays which is needed for a wider reach
of the flashlight. Convex lens converges the rays which helps to raise
the temperature of the place where rays converge.
Student to attempt either subpart C or D
C. To find the focal length (𝑓) of the lens, we can use the information
about the object distance (𝑢) and the magnification (𝑚).
Given:
 Object distance, 𝑢 = − 40 cm
 The image is twice the size of the object, so the magnification,
𝑚=−2
𝑣
Since the magnification 𝑚 = , we can rearrange this to find the image
𝑢
distance 𝑣:
𝑣 = 𝑚×𝑢
 Substitute the values for 𝑚 and 𝑢:
𝑣 = − 2 x − 40 = 80 cm
The lens formula is :
1 1 1
= −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
Substitute 𝑣 = 80 𝑐𝑚 and 𝑢 = − 40 𝑐𝑚:
1 1 1 1 1
= − = +
𝑓 80 −40 80 40
Convert to a common denominator:
1 1+2 3
= =
𝑓 80 80
Thus,
80
𝑓= = 26.67 cm (approximately)
3
Answer : The focal length of the lens is approximately 26.67 cm.

OR
D.
 Object distance, 𝑢 = - 20 cm
 Image distance 𝑣 = - 10 cm (since the image is on the same side as
the object)
We can use the lens formula to calculate the focal length (𝑓) :
1 1 1
= −
𝑓 𝑣 𝑢
Substitute the values of 𝑣 and 𝑢 :
1 1 1 1 1
= − = +
𝑓 −10 −20 −10 20

Finding a common denominator:

1 −2 1 1
= + =−
𝑓 20 20 20
Thus,
𝑓 = −20 cm
Answer: The focal length of the lens is - 20 cm, indicating it is a
diverging lens (concave lens).

39 Students to attempt either option A or B. 5

A.
(i) Power across the 100 Ω resistance = 81 W
𝑃 = 𝐼 2 𝑅 = 81 𝑊
81
∴ 𝐼2 =
100
81 9
∴ 𝐼 = √100 = = 0.9 𝐴
10
 (ii) Voltage across the 25 Ω resistors = V2 = IReqv
for the 25 Ω resistors
1 1 1 2
= + =
𝑅𝑒𝑞𝑣 25 25 25
25
∴ 𝑅𝑒𝑞𝑣 = = 12.5 Ω
2
∴ 𝑉2 = 0.9 𝐴 × 12.5 Ω = 11.25 𝑉
(iii) Voltage across 100 Ω = 𝑉100 = 𝐼𝑅 = 0.9 𝐴 × 100 Ω = 90 𝑉
∴ 𝑉1 = 90 𝑉 + 11.25 𝑉 = 101.25 𝑉
OR
B.
𝑉2
(i) 𝑃 = 𝑅
𝑉2 240 × 240
∴ 𝑅 = = = 48 Ω
𝑃 1200

(ii) For S1 and S3 closed

– Current in C

𝑉 = 𝐼𝑅 (𝑂ℎ𝑚′𝑠 𝐿𝑎𝑤)
𝑉 240 𝑉
∴ 𝐼 = = = 5𝐴
𝑅 48 Ω

– Current in A and B
𝑉 = 𝐼𝑅 (𝑂ℎ𝑚′𝑠 𝐿𝑎𝑤)
𝑉 240 𝑉
∴ 𝐼 = = = 2.5 𝐴
𝑅 96 Ω

(iii) Power across A for S1, S2, S3 closed

𝑃𝐴 = 𝐼 2 𝑅 = 52 × 48 = 1200 𝑊 = 1.2 𝐾𝑊

------------
For visually impaired students
A.
(i) In household circuits, the fuse is connected in series with all
appliances to ensure that it can cut off the entire circuit in case of
excessive current, preventing hazards like fires or damage. This way,
any overload or short circuit causes the fuse to blow, protecting all
appliances.
Appliances are connected in parallel to ensure each receives the
same voltage from the mains and can operate independently. This
setup allows appliances to work simultaneously and efficiently, with
each drawing only the current it needs, without affecting others.

Give Data:
 Power of heater, Pheater = 1500 W
 Power of Fan, Pfan = 500 W
  Supply Voltage, V = 220 V
 Fuse rating = 10 A

Step 1: Calculate the Current Drawn by Each Appliance

Using the formula =

1. Current drawn by the heater:

Iheater = 6.82 A (rounded to two decimal places)

2. Current drawn by the fan:

𝑃𝑓𝑎𝑛 500 𝑊
𝐼𝑓𝑎𝑛 = =
𝑉 220 𝑉

Ifan = 2.27 A (rounded to two decimal places)

Step 2 : Calculate the total curent in the circuit

Since the heater and fan are connected in parallel, the total curent
Itotal is the sum of the currents through each appliance:

Step 3: Compare with the Fuse Rating

The fuse is rated for 10 A, and the total current drawn by the
heater and fan together is 9.09 A.

Since 9.09 A < 10 A, the fuse will not blow and is appropriate for
this circuit, as the total current is within the fuse’s capacity.
OR
B.
Given data:
 Resistor R1 = 6 Ω
 Resistor R2 = 12 Ω
 Voltage V = 24 V
 Time t = 5 Minutes = 5 x 60 = 300 seconds

Step 1: Calculate the Current through each Resistor

Since the resistors are connected in parallel, the voltage across

each resistor is the same as the battery voltage, V = 24 V.

Using Ohm’s Law,

 Current through R1

Current through R2:

Step 2: Calculate the Heat Generated in Each Resistor

Using Joule’s Law of Heating, H = I2Rt:

 Heat generate in R1:

 Heat generate in R2:

 Total Heat Generated H:

So, the total heat generated in both resistor is 43200 J.

Step 3 : Determine if each Resistor is safe

The power dissipated by each resistor can be calculated using P = V x I

 Power dissipated by R1 :

 Power dissipated by R2:

Given that the power rating of each resistor is 100 W:

 R1 is operating at 96 W, which is within the 100 W limit. Hence, it is
safe.
 R2 is operating at 48 W, which is also within the 100 W limit. Hence,
it is safe.

**********
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 01

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. Study the given experimental set-up. [1]

By measuring the movement of the oil drop in the apparatus, what can be investigated?

a)Carbon dioxide is released during b)Water is produced during germination

germination

c)Heat is released during germination d)Oxygen is used during germination

2. How are the two strands in a DNA molecule held together? [1]

a)Phosphate band b)Ionic bond

c)Covalent bond d)Hydrogen bond

3. What will happen if deer is missing in the given food chain? Grass → Deer → Tiger. [1]

a)The population of grass will decrease. b)Tiger will start eating grass.

c)The population of tiger will decreases and d)The population of tiger will increase.
the population of grass will increase.
4. Match the following with correct response. [1]

Column A Column B

(i) The response of a plant to light (a) Phototropism

(ii) The response of a plant to gravity (b) Hydrotropism

(iii) The response of a plant to water (c) Geotropism

Page 1 of 16
 (iv) The response of a plant to chemicals (d) Chemotropism

a)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) b)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

c)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) d)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)
5. Flow of energy in an ecosystem is always: [1]

a)No specific direction b)Multidirectional

c) Bidirectional d) Unidirectional
6. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct? [1]
i. Pyruvate can be converted into ethanol and carbon dioxide by yeast
ii. Fermentation takes place in aerobic bacteria
iii. Fermentation takes place in mitochondria
iv. Fermentation is a form of anaerobic respiration

a)(ii) and (iv) b)(ii) and (iii)

c)(i) and (iii) d)(i) and (iv)

7. Which neuron carries impulses from receptor to brain? [1]

a)Motor neuron b)Sensory neuron

c)Both Sensory neuron and Motor neuron d)Neither Sensory neuron and Motor neuron
8. Assertion (A) : Non flowering plants cannot reproduce sexually. [1]
Reason (R) : Flower is only reproductive part of the plant that can produce gametes.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

9. Assertion (A): A food chain can have maximum of three trophic levels. [1]
Reason (R): Energy available at each trophic level keeps on decreasing as we move higher up the food chain.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

10. i. Write one difference between asexual and sexual modes of reproduction. [2]
ii. Which species is likely to have better chances of survival, the one reproducing asexually or the one
reproducing sexually? Justify your answer.
11. What would happen, if all the microorganisms are removed from the environment? [2]
OR
a. State one important function of ozone layer at the higher level in the atmosphere.
b. How is ozone formed?
c. It has been observed that ozone layer is getting depleted. Name the compound responsible for ozone depletion.
12. How is the movement of leaves of the sensitive plant different from the movement of a shoot towards light? [2]
13. A red-eyed individual is crossed with a white-eyed individual to produce F1 progeny with red eyes. When F1 [3]

individuals are intercrossed, F2 progeny is formed with both red as well as white-eyed individuals.

Page 2 of 16
 a. How is the dominant trait identified?
b. What are recessive traits?
c. If 12 individuals are produced in F2 generation, then how many white-eyed individuals would be obtained?
Calculate the ratio of red-eyed individuals to white-eyed individuals.
14. "If there were no algae there would be no fish in the sea." Comment. [3]
15. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
A purebred pea plant with smooth seeds (dominated characteristic) was crossed with a purebred pea plant with
wrinkled seeds (recessive characteristic). The F1 generation was self-pollinated to give rise to the F2 generation.

i. What will be the genotypic ratio of the given F2 generation? (1)

ii. What is the expected observation of the F2 generation of plants? (1)

iii. If a genotype consists of different types of alleles, what is it called? (2)
OR
What is the alternative form of the gene? (2)

16. a. Name the two types of pollination and differentiate between them. [5]
b. Explain the post fertilization changes that occur in the ovary of a flower.
c. Given below is a diagram of a germinating seed. Label the parts that

i. gives rise to future shoot.

ii. gives rise to future root system.
iii. stores food.

OR
a. Why is the use of iodised salt advisable? Name the disease caused due to deficiency of iodine in our diet and state
its one symptom.
b. How do nerve impulses travel in the body? Explain.
Section B
17. Which of the given statement is true about Sodium carbonate: [1]
A. It is a transparent crystalline white solid
B. It has the chemical formula Na2CO3.10H2O
C. It gives acidic solution when dissolved in water
D. It is prepared by reacting with chlorine

a)C and D b)A and C

c)A and B d)All of these

18. Which of the given statement is correct or wrong: [1]
Statement A: Oxyacetylene flame is used for welding purposes.
Statement B: Ethyne reacts with HCl in the presence of HgCl2 to form vinyl chloride.

a)Neither statement A nor statement B is true. b)Both the statements A and B are true.

c)Statement B is true; Statement A is false. d)Statement A is true; Statement B is false.

Page 3 of 16
19. What happens when ammonia reacts with hydrogen chloride? NH3 + HCl → ? [1]

a)Both H2 and NH4Cl b)Cl2 gas is evolved.

c)H2 gas is evolved d)NH4Cl is formed

20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Addition reaction (a) Hydrogenation

(ii) Substitution reaction (b) Methanol

(iii) Denaturation (c) Carbon tetrachloride

(iv) Esterification (d) Ethyl ethanoate

a)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) b)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)

c)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) d)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
21. Aqueous solutions of zinc sulphate and iron sulphate were taken in test tubes I and II by four students A, B, C [1]
and D. Metal pieces of iron and zinc were dropped in the two solutions and observations made after several
hours were recorded in the form of table as given below:

The correct reporting has been made in observations:

a)Student B b)Student A

c)Student C d)Student D
22. A hydrocarbon with molecular formula C4H10 has: [1]

a)10 covalent bonds b)7 covalent bonds

c)6 covalent bonds d)13 covalent bonds

23. Washing soda is a [1]

a)neutralized salt b)acidic salt

c)basic salt d)amphoteric salt

24. Assertion (A): Tap water conducts electricity but distill water does not conducts electricity. [1]
Reason (R): Tap water conducts electricity as it contains ions whereas distilled water does not contain ions.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

Page 4 of 16
25. State the observations you would make on adding ammonium hydroxide to aqueous solution of (i) Ferrous [2]
sulphate (ii) Aluminium chloride?

26. i. Why are the chips packets puffed when we buy them from market? [3]
ii. Paint is applied on articles made up of iron, why?
OR
What happens when dilute hydrochloric acid is added to iron filings?
27. A zinc plate was kept in a glass container having copper sulphate solution. On examining it was found that the [3]
blue colour of the solution is fading slowly. After a few days when the zinc plate was taken out of the solution, a
number of small holes were noticed in it. State the reason and give chemical equation of the reaction involved.
28. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
Redox reactions are those reactions in which oxidation and reduction occur simultaneously. A redox reaction is
made up of two half reactions. In the first half reaction, oxidation takes place and in second half reaction,
reduction occurs. Oxidation is a process in which a substance loses electrons and in reduction, a substance gains
electrons. The substance which gains electrons is reduced and acts as an oxidising agent. On the other hand, a
substance which loses electrons is oxidised and acts as a reducing agent.
i. Illustrate where oxidation and reduction occurs together with an example? (1)
ii. What do you mean by oxidising agent and reducing agent? (1)
iii. For the given reaction, identify the oxidation and reduction parts. (2)
ZnO + CO ⟶ Zn + CO2
OR
In the following reaction, which substance is reduced? (2)
PbS + 4H2O2 ⟶ PbSO4 + 4H2O

29. What is the difference between soaps and detergents? State in brief the cleansing action of soaps in removing an [5]
oily spot from a fabric. Why are soaps not very effective when a fabric is washed in hard water? How is this
problem resolved?
OR
Name the following compounds.
H H H

1. H − C| − C| − C| − OH
| | |
H H H
H H O

2. H − C
| − |C − |C
| −OH
|
H
|
H
H H
H
3. H − C| − C − C
| −
Cl
| || |
H H H
H H H

4. H − C| − C| − C| − OH
| | |
H H
H

≡ CH
H

5. H − C| − C
|
H
H H
H

6. H − C| − C − C| − C| − H
| || | |
H O H H

Page 5 of 16
 Section C
30. Which of the following statements is true? [1]

a)A concave lens has 4 dioptre power having b)A concave lens has-8 dioptre power having
a focal length 0.25 m a focal length of 0.25 m

c)A convex lens has –4 dioptre power having d)A convex lens has 4 dioptre power having a
a focal length 0.25 m focal length 0.25 m
31. In the following diagram showing dispersion of white light by a glass prism, the colours P and Q respectively [1]
are-

a)Violet and Red b)Orange and Green

c)Red and Blue d)Red and Violet

32. Assertion (A): Two bar magnets attract when they are brought near to each other with the same pole. [1]
Reason (R): Unlike poles will attract each other.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

33. Name the factors on which brightness of image in a camera depends and how? [2]
34. A potential difference of 220 V is applied across a resistance of 440 Ω in an electric ion. [2]
(i) Find the current.
(ii) Heat energy produced is 30s.
OR
Calculate the cost of seeing 2 movies on colour T.V. daily for the month of September.
Given wattage of colour T.V. = 60 W, duration each movie is 2 hours 30 min and 1kWh costs Rs. 4
35. A current-carrying wire produces a magnetic field around it. The phenomena in which an electromotive force [3]
and current (if the conductor is in the form of a closed circuit) is induced by changing magnetic field (or by
passing magnetic field lines) through it is called electromagnetic induction.

i. What is the condition of electromagnetic induction?

ii. An induced emf is produced when a magnet is plunged into a coil. The magnitude of induced emf does not
depend?
36. A narrow beam PQ of white light is passing through a glass prism ABC as shown in the diagram. [3]

Page 6 of 16
 Trace it on your answer sheet and show the path of the emergent beam as observed on the screen DE.
i. Write the name and cause of the phenomenon observed.
ii. Where else in nature is this phenomenon observed?
iii. Based on this observation, state the conclusion which can be draw about the constituents of white light.

37. i. A current through a horizontal power line flows in the east to west direction. What is the direction of the [3]
magnetic field at a point directly below it and at a point directly above it?
ii. List two methods of producing magnetic fields.
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
Two or more resistances are connected in series or in parallel or both, depending upon whether we want to
increase or decrease the circuit resistance.

The two or more resistances are said to be connected in series if the current flowing through each resistor is the
same.
i. When the three resistors each of resistance R ohm are connected in series then what will be the equivalent
resistance? (1)
ii. There is a wire of length 20 cm and having resistance 20 Ω cut into 4 equal pieces and then joined in series.
What is equivalent resistance? (1)
iii. In the following circuit, find the equivalent resistance between A and B (R = 2Ω) (2)

OR
In the given circuit, what is the current in each resistor? (2)

39. a. A 5 cm tall object is placed perpendicular to the principal axis of a convex lens of focal length 20 cm. The [5]
distance of the object from the lens is 30 cm. Find the position, nature and size of the image formed.
b. Draw a labelled ray diagram showing object distance, image distance and focal length in the above case.
OR
A concave lens of focal length 60 cm is used to form an image of an object of length 9 cm kept at a distance of 30 cm

Page 7 of 16
from it. Use lens formula to determine the nature, position and length of the image formed. Also draw labelled ray
diagram to show the image formation in the above case.

Page 8 of 16
 Solution

Section A

1.
(d) Oxygen is used during germination
Explanation:
In the given experimental set-up, germinating peas will undergo aerobic respiration, in which they will use up oxygen and
release carbon dioxide. Carbon dioxide released will be absorbed by sodium hydroxide present in this test tube. As germinating
peas will consume oxygen present in test tube, a suction force will be developed. Due to pressure difference, the coloured oil
drop will move towards the test tube. Thus, this experiment will help to investigate the amount of oxygen used during
germination.

2.
(d) Hydrogen bond
Explanation:
Each DNA molecule consists of two twisted strands of bases that form a shape called a double helix. The two strands are held
together by hydrogen bonds between pairs of bases.

3.
(c) The population of tiger will decreases and the population of grass will increase.
Explanation:
If deer are missing from the given food chain, the population of the tiger will decrease and the growth of the grass will
increase. A missing link in a food chain will create an imbalance in the ecosystem.

4. (a) (i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)

Explanation:
Phototropism refers to the movement of a plant toward a light source.
Geotropism the growth of the parts of plants in response to the force of gravity.
Hydrotropism the growth or turning of plant roots towards or away from moisture.
Chemotropism may be defined as the movement or the growth of the organism in response to a chemical stimulus.

5.
(d) Unidirectional Explanation: The flow of energy in an ecosystem is always unidirectional. As the energy moves progressively
through one trophic level to another, it is no longer available to the previous level. The energy that is captured by the autotrophs
(producers) does not revert back to solar radiation. The energy which passes on to the herbivores (primary consumers) from the
autotrophs does not come back to the autotrophs.

6.
(d) (i) and (iv)
Explanation:
The respiration process can be aerobic or anaerobic. Aerobic respiration occurs in the presence of oxygen in mitochondria
whereas, anaerobic respiration occurs in the absence of oxygen in the cytoplasm. Alcoholic fermentation, which is carried out
by unicellular organisms like yeast. Yeast breaks down pyruvic acid anaerobically into ethanol and carbon dioxide in the
cytoplasm.
Hence option (ii) and (iii) are wrong.

Page 9 of 16
 7.
(b) Sensory neuron
Explanation:
Sensory neuron carries electrical impulses from receptor to brain while motor neuron carries electrical impulses from the brain
to effectors.

8. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

Explanation:
Gametes are mandatory for sexual reproduction. Though plants can reproduce through other parts like stem and roots
(vegetative reproduction), but they cannot reproduce sexually in absence of flowers. Thus both assertion and reason are true
and reason is the correct explanation of the assertion.

9.
(d) A is false but R is true.
Explanation:
A food chain can have a maximum of five to six trophic levels, this is because a lot of energy is lost as heat at each trophic
level on account of metabolism. So, a small amount of energy becomes available to the next trophic level. This limits the
number of trophic level in a food chain.

10. Sexual reproduction takes place with the help of fusion of male and female gametes, thus 2 haploid gametes restore the diploid
nucleus and thus form zygote, which have content from both the parent and hence producing a new recombination Whereas, in
asexual reproduction the offspring develops from a single parent, the genetic material of the offspring is exact copy of the single
parent.
Better chances of survival are seen in sexually reproducing organisms. This is because variation occurs in sexual reproduction
which improves the vigour and vitality of the individual. This is helpful for the organisms in better adaptability to the
environment.
11. If microrganisms are removed from the earth's environment then there would be dead bodies of plants and animals all around the
Earth making it a difficult place to live in, more and more environmental pollution will pile up and accumalate. Moreover, the
nutrient cycle will be stopped in the environment which will disturb the ecological balance.
OR
a. It shields the earth from the harmful ultraviolet (UV) radiations from the sun.
b. By the action of UV radiations on oxygen molecule which splits to form free oxygen atoms.
These free oxygen atoms combine with oxygen molecule to form ozone.
c. The compound responsible for ozone depletion is chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), along with other halogenated compounds such
as halons and bromine-containing compounds.
12. Difference between movement of leaves of sensitive plants and movement of shoot towards light:
Movement of leaves of sensitive plant Movement of shoot towards light

(i) Growth is not involved. (i) Growth is involved.

(ii) Movement is away from the source of stimulus (touch).(ii) Movement is towards the source of stimulus (light).

13. a. The dominant trait is identified by observing its expression in the F1 generation.
b. The recessive trait is the one that is masked in the presence of the dominant trait and only expressed in the homozygous
recessive state.

Page 10 of 16
 c. The ratio of red-eyed to white-eyed individuals is 3:1

14. Algae are the main source of productivity in sea. they prepare there own food with the help of photosynthesis. they are food for
many small aquatic animals living in the sea. hence the algae is food for small fishes and small fishes are food for big fishes. it is
like a food chain.
Algae produce O2 as a result of photosynthesis. This oxygen is utilized by fishes in the sea for carrying out respiration. If there
were no algae, no oxygen would have been produced. Thus fishes might have died. Hence we can say if there were no algae there
would be no fish in the sea.
15. i. In given case, genotypic ratio of F2 progeny will be 1 : 2 : 1 where one is homozygous dominant, two are heterozygous
dominant and one is homozygous recessive.
ii. 1 of them have wrinkled seeds and 3 of them have smooth seeds.
4 4
iii. Factors representing the alternate or same form of a character are called alleles. In heterozygous individuals or hybrids, a
character is represented by two contrasting alleles. Out of the two contrasting alleles, only one is able to express its effect in
the individual. It is called the dominant allele. The other allele which does not show its effect in the heterozygous individual is
called the recessive allele, e.g., in the case of hybrid tall pea plants (Tt). ‘T’ is a dominant allele whereas ‘t’ is a recessive
allele.
OR
The alternative form of the gene is called Allele. Alleles are a pair of genes that occupy a specific location on a particular
chromosome and control the same trait.

16. a. Two types of pollination are-

I. Self-pollination
II. Cross-pollination
Differences between the two are given below:-
Self-pollination Cross-pollination

If the transfer of pollen occurs in the same flower, it is referredThe pollen is transferred from one flower to another, it
to as self-pollination. is known as crosspollination.
It occurs in bisexual flowers. It occurs in both bisexual and unisexual flowers.

It refers to the transfer of pollen grains from anther to stigma It refers to the transfer of pollen grains from anther to
of the same flower or to another flower of the same plant. stigma of flowers belonging to two different plants.
This transfer of pollen from one flower to another is
It is not necessary to use pollinators. achieved by agents like wind, water or animals.

b. The fusion of the female gamete (ovum or egg) and the male gamete created in the pollen tube by the pollen grains is known
as fertilisation. The ovary transforms into the fruit after fertilisation, while the ovary wall transforms into the pericarp.
c. i. A: The young shoot of a plant embryo above the cotyledons is called a plumule. It is made up of the epicotyl and
frequently immature leaves gives rise to mature shoot.
ii. B: In the course of germination, the radicle is the first component of a seedling to emerge from the seed. The plant's first
root, known as a radicle, emerges from the soil downward give rise to future root system.
iii. C: The cotyledon is a crucial component of the embryo inside a plant seed. The cotyledon may develop into the seedling's
first embryonic leaves after germination stored food.

Page 11 of 16
 OR
a. Iodised salt is advisable because Iodine present in iodised salt is essential for functioning of thyroid and formation of
thyroxine hormone. The disease caused due to deficiency of iodine is Goitre. The symptom due to goitre is Swollen neck.
b. Nerve impulses travels from dendrite to cell body, then along the axon to its end. At the end, some chemicals are released
which fill the gap of synapse, and starts a similar electrical impulse to another neuron and the impulse further travel in the
body.
Section B
17.
(c) A and B
Explanation:
(C) and (D) are incorrect because the solution of washing soda in water is alkaline which turns red litmus blue. And washing
soda is prepared from sodium chloride.

18.
(b) Both the statements A and B are true.
Explanation:
The oxyacetylene flame is used for welding purposes. The oxyacetylene welding process uses a combination of
oxygen and acetylene (C2H2) gas to provide a high-temperature flame. It is commonly used to join mild steel
permanently.
Ethyne (C2H2) reacts with HCl in the presence of HgCl2 to from vinyl chloride or chloroethane H2C=CHCl. This
colourless compound is an important industrial chemical. It is chiefly used to produce polyvinyl chloride (PVC).

19.
(d) NH4Cl is formed
Explanation:
Ammonium chloride is formed when ammonia reacts with hydrogen chloride. It is a combination reaction.
NH3(g) + HCl(g) → NH4Cl(s)

20.
(b) (i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)
Explanation:
Hydrogenation is an addition reaction. The addition of hydrogen to an unsaturated hydrocarbon to obtain a saturated
hydrocarbon is called hydrogenation.
Carbon tetrachloride is a product of a substitution reaction - a characteristic property of saturated hydrocarbons.
Alcohol meant for industrial purposes is made unfit for human consumption by adding small amounts (about 5%) of
methanol to alcohol. The mixture is known as denatured spirit or denatured alcohol.
Ethyl ethanoate is a product of esterification.
CH3COOH + C2H5OH → CH5COOC2H5 + H2O

21.
(c) Student C Explanation: Fe + ZnSO4 → No reaction It is
because iron is less reactive than Zinc.
Zn + FeSO4 → ZnSO4 + Fe
The solution becomes colourless and black iron gets deposited.

22.
(d) 13 covalent bonds
Explanation:

Page 12 of 16
 Butane C4H10 has 3 C-C covalent bonds and 10 C-H covalent bonds. Thus, it has 13 covalent bonds.

23.
(c) basic salt
Explanation:
Washing soda is a is basic salt because washing soda is an alkali salt. Alkali salts or basic salt are salts that are the product of
the neutralization of a strong base and a weak acid. As it is strongly basic it is so-called basic salt.

24. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Tap water conducts electricity as it contains ions whereas distilled water does not contain ions. Thus both assertion and reason
are true and reason is the correct explanation of the assertion.
25. i. When Ammonium Hydroxide is added to the Ferrous Sulphate solution then a dirty green ppt. of Ferrous Hydroxide is formed
with Ammonium Sulphate by Double Displacement reaction.
2NH4OH (aq) + FeSO4 (aq) → Fe(OH)2 (ppt) + (NH4)2 SO4 (aq)
ii. When Ammonium Hydroxide is added to Aluminium Cholride then a white ppt. of Aluminium Hydroxide is formed with
Ammonium Choride by Double Displacement Reaction.
3NH4OH (aq) + AlCl3 (aq) → Al(OH)3 (ppt.) + 3NH4Cl (aq)
26. i. Cooking oil gets oxidized when comes in contact with air and gives a bad smell or turns "rancid". The oxygen present in the
chips packet is replaced by flushing nitrogen in the packet, this in turn puffs up the packet.
ii. Iron easily reacts with atmospheric oxygen in presence of slight moisture to give iron oxide. In this process of 'corrosion', the
outer layer of iron is oxidized and hence sacrificed leading to the shaping of the iron article. To avoid this oxidation, the article
is coated with paint so as to make a barrier between the article's surface and atmosphere.
OR
Hydrogen gas and Iron chloride are produced.
2HCl (aq) + Fe(s) →FeCl2 (aq) + H2(g)
This is a redox reaction
Fe(0) - 2e⁻ → Fe(II) oxidation loss of electrons
2H+ + 2e⁻ → H2 reduction: gain of electrons
So it is certainly a chemical reaction: bonds are broken and made.
HCl is not a sufficiently strong oxidizing agent to produce FeCl3 (need Cl2).

27. Zinc is more reactive than copper. Hence, when a zinc plate is kept in a solution of copper sulphate, it slowly displaces copper
from the solution and blue colour of the solution keeps fading away. Because of zinc going into solution as zinc sulphate, a
number of holes are seen in the zinc plate. The reaction is
CuSO4 aq
( ) + Zns
( ) → ZnSO4 aq
( ) + C u(s)
Blue Colourless

28. i. The oxidation and reduction occurring together are called a redox reaction. CuO + H2 ⟶ Cu + H2O. Example: In this
reaction, copper oxide is being reduced to copper whereas hydrogen is being oxidised to water.
ii. Oxidising agents give oxygen to or removes hydrogen from other substances. The reducing agent undergoes loss of electrons.
A reducing agent (also called a reductant or reducer) is an element or compound that loses (or "donates") an electron to
another chemical species in a redox chemical reaction.
iii. ZnO is being reduced
ZnO is reduced to Zn and CO is oxidised to CO2
OR
H2O2 is reduced to water by removal of oxygen.

29. i. Soaps are sodium salts of fatty acids whereas Detergents are sodium salts of sulphonic acids. Soaps do not act in hard water
due to formation of scum while detergents do.

Page 13 of 16
 ii. In soaps carbon chain dissolves in oil and the ionic end dissolves in water to form micelle

iii. Hard water contains Ca2+ / Mg2+ ions that react with soap and form precipitates called scum.
iv. By using detergents in hard water this problem can be resolved.
OR
According to the question, Given compounds are
H H H

i. H − C| − C| − C| − OH
| | |
H H H

Propan-1-ol
H H O
||
ii. H − C| − C| − C −OH
|
H H
|
propanic acid
H H H
| |
iii. H − C− C | Cl
| |
H H
− CH −
1-Chloropropane|
H H H

iv. H − C| − C| − C| − OH
| | |
H H H

Propanol
H

v. H − C| − C
|
≡C H
H

Propyne
H H H

vi. H − C| − C − C| − C| − H
| || | |
H O H H

Butanone
Section C
30.
(d) A convex lens has 4 dioptre power having a focal length 0.25 m
Explanation:
The power P of a lens of the focallength is given by P=1,
f
where f is the focal length in meter and power in dioptre
P= 1
orf = 1 = 1 = 0 .m
25
f P 4
The positive value for focal lengthindicates a convex lens.

31. (a) Violet and Red

Explanation:
The splitting of white light into its constituent colours is known as light dispersion. The spectrum is the band of seven colours
produced by splitting white light. All of the constituent colours of white light have the same velocity in vacuum, but their
velocity changes when they pass through a transparent 'medium' like a glass prism. Different colours are diverted by different
angles on the prism's initial face. Violet's minimum speed is deviated by the maximum angle, whereas red's maximum speed is
distorted by the minimum angle. As a result, the letters 'P' and 'Q' are violet and crimson, respectively.

Page 14 of 16
32.
(d) A is false but R is true.
Explanation:
A is false but R is true.

33. The brightness of the image in the camera is:

a. directly proportional to time of exposure(t).
b. directly proportional to the square of diameter of aperture of the lens system (i.e. light gathering power of the objective).
c. inversely proportional to the square of focal length of the lens system.
d. is inversely proportional to the square of the lateral magnification. i.e. Image Brightness ∝(NA/M);2 where NA is the
objective numerical aperture and M is the magnification.
34. Here V = 220 volts; R = 440Ω
Now I=V=220=0.5A
R 440
2
V2
Heatenergyproducedin30s= R T= 440 =3300J
OR
Wattage of colour T.V. = 60 W
Number of hours for which colour T.V. is on during September = 2×21×30=150h
2
Energy consumed = watt×hour = 6 0 × 1 5 0=9kWh
1000
Cost of seeing 2 movies per day for 30 days = 9 × 4 = Rs. 36 only.
35. i. There must be a relative motion between the coil of wire and a magnet.
emf
ii. Resistivity of coil will determine the resistance of the coil and induced current through it, as induced current =
resistance

36.

i. The phenomenon of splitting of white light into its constituent colours is called dipersion of light. It is caused due to difference
in speed of constituent colours of light travel in the medium other than air/vacuum because of different speed they bend at
different angles.
ii. In nature, this Phenomenon is observed in formation of rainbow where all the seven colours constituting white light is visible.
iii. Based on phenomenon of dispersion, we can conclude that
a. White light consists of seven colours. Violet, indigo, blue, green, yellow, orange and red.
b. Violet light suffers maximum deviation and red light suffers minimum deviation.
37. i. The current is in the east-west direction. By applying the right-hand thumb rule, we get that the magnetic field (at any point
below or above the wire) that turns clockwise in a plane perpendicular to the wire, when viewed from the east end, and anti-
clockwise, when viewed from the west end.
ii. Following are the methods of producing magnetic fields:
a. By using a permanent magnet we can produce a magnetic field and it can be visualized by spreading iron fillings on a
white paper and keeping a magnet beneath the paper.
b. A current-carrying straight conductor produces a magnetic field.
38. i. In series combination, Rs = R1 + R2 + R3 = R + R + R = 3R.
ii. The equivalent resistance is where the total resistance is connected either in parallel or in series.
Resistance of each wire = 20 = 5 Ω
4
Equivalent resistance in series
Rs = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 20Ω
iii. All are in series, Rs = 5R = 5 × 2 = 10Ω
OR
Rs = 1 + 2 + 3 = 6 Ω
I = 16 8 = 3 A
39. a. f = 20 cm, u = -30 cm

Page 15 of 16
 1 − u1 =1
i. f
v
= 1 +1
f u
1
= 1 +1
v 20 −30
= 1
60
1
v = 60cm
v
ii. Real,inverted and magnified
iii. m
1 =vu

m
v =60
−30
m =-2
h’ =m×h
h’ =-2×5
h’ =-10cm

b.

OR
Concavelens-
focallength ( f ) = − 6 0 cm
Objectlength ( h ) = 9 cm
Objectdistance ( u ) = − 3 0cm
Lensformula, 1
v
− 1 = 1
u f
1 1 1
v= + f u

v=−1+(−1)
60 30
v
m= = − 2 0 = 2
=u
⇒
−30 3
m h′
h
h ′ = m ×h
h′ = 2 × 9
3
h′ = 6 c m
Image is virtual, erect and smaller than object.

Page 16 of 16
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 02

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. Sex determination depends upon the environment in [1]

a) Reptiles b) Birds

c) Amphibians d) Fishes
2. The genotype for the height of an organism is Tt. What conclusion may be drawn from this? [1]

a)There is one allele for height with two b)There are at least two different alleles for
different forms. the gene for height.

c)There are two different genes for height, d)The allele for height has at least two
each having a single allele. different genes.
3. A star-shaped black paper was used to cover a leaf in a destarched plant as shown below. The plant was left in [1]
sunlight for four hours and then the leaf was plucked, black paper removed and tested for the presence of starch.
The areas which turned blue-black when iodine solution was added were

a)only II b)I, II, III, IV

c)I, III, IV d)only IV

4. The following are the sketches made by some students. The sketch not illustrative of budding in yeast is : [1]

a) C b)

c) A B
5. Use of high temperature for waste disposal is called ________.
d) [1]

a) Composting b)
D Incineration

Page 1 of 16
 c) Landfilling d) Recycling
6. Which of the following is incorrect about self-pollination: [1]
A. The genetic drifts of the breed can be removed
B. New varieties cannot be obtained by self-pollination
C. Repeated self-pollination leads to loss of vigour and vitality of species
D. It helps to preserve the parental characters

a) (B) b) (A)

c) (C) d) (D)
7. Spinal cord originates from: [1]

a) cerebellum b) pons

c) medulla d) cerebrum
8. Assertion (A): When pea plants (pureline) having round yellow seeds are crossed with pureline plants having [1]
wrinkled green seeds, then all pea plants obtained in F1 generation bear wrinkled green seeds.
Reason (R): Round and yellow seeds are dominant to wrinkled and green seeds.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

9. Assertion (A): Our body maintains blood sugar levels. [1]
Reason (R): Pancreas secretes insulin which helps to regulate blood sugar levels in the body.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

10. i. Why does a kitchen garden called an artificial ecosystem while a forest is considered to be a natural [2]
ecosystem?
ii. While designing an artificial ecosystem at home, write any two things to be kept in mind to convert it into a
self-sustaining system. Give reason to justify your answer.
11. Why is damage to the ozone layer a cause for concern? What steps are being taken to limit this damage? [2]
OR
Complete the following flow chart based on ecosystem and its components.

12. Modify the diagram below by changing the wrong words. [2]

Page 2 of 16
13. Differentiate between binary fission and multiple fission giving one example for each. [3]
14. A portion of destarched leaf of a potted plant was covered with a black strip of paper. The plant was exposed to [3]
sunlight for six hours and then tested for starch. What will be the observation?
15. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
Nutrition is the process of taking food by an organism and the utilization of food for energy. This is a vital
process that helps living beings obtain their energy from various sources.
Nutrients are substances that provide nutrition.
The mode of nutrition varies from one species to another. Plants do photosynthesis to prepare their own food.
Animals depend on plants for food.

i. What do you understand by nutrition? (1)

ii. Mention how organisms like bread moulds and mushrooms obtain their food. (1)
iii. What do you understand by autotrophic nutrition? (2)
OR
What is common for Cuscuta, ticks, and leeches? (2)

16. Mita observed that her grandmother was preparing a family tree. On enquiring why it was done, she explained [5]
that it was necessary to know our roots as we have inherited many traits from our ancestors. She also mentioned
that now everybody wants to live in a nuclear family and joint families have disappeared. Read the given
passage and answer the following questions:
i. Name the mammal with whom human shows maximum similarity in terms of evolutionary?
ii. Mita has hazel colored eyes which match with her mother's eyes. Suggest a reason for this similarity in eye
color between Mita and her mother.
iii. What values do you think children would learn in a joint family?
OR
i. Name the disorder which a person is likely to suffer from due to the following:

I. Over-secretion of growth hormone

II. Deficiency of oestrogen in females
III. Less secretion of thyroxine
Also name the gland that secretes each of the hormones mentioned above.
ii. How is the timing and amount of hormone released regulated? Explain with the help of an example.
Section B

Page 3 of 16
17. Which of the following statements are correct? [1]
A. Chemical name of bleaching powder is calcium oxychloride.
B. Bleaching powder is used for sterilization of drinking water.
C. Bleaching powder is alkaline in nature hence it is used as antacid.
D. Bleaching powder is manufactured by Hasen Clever process.

a)All of these b)A, B and D

c)A and C d)B and C

18. Calcium oxide reacts vigorously with water to produce slaked lime. [1]
CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2 (aq)
This reaction can be classified as :
A. Combination reaction
B. Exothermic reaction
C. Endothermic reaction
D. Oxidation reaction

Which of the following is the correct option?

a)C and D b)A, C and D

c)A and C d)A and B

19. The name and formula of third member of homologous series of alkyne is: [1]

a)Butyne C4H8 b)Propyne C3H6

c)Butyne C4H6 d)Propyne C3H4

20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

(1) Soap (A) Sodium salts of long-chain of sulphonic acids

(2) Detergents (B) Esterification

(3) The reaction of CH3COOH with metal hydroxides (C) Neutralization

(4) The reaction of CH3COOH with alcohols (D) Sodium salts of long-chain fatty acids

a)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b) b)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)

c)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) d)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)
21. Which element is stored in water and which element is stored in kerosene? [1]

a)Calcium and phosphorus respectively b)Sodium and phosphorus respectively

c)Phosphorus and sodium respectively d)Magnesium and sodium respectively

22. Which of the following statements are correct regarding isomers? [1]
I. Isomers have same structural formula.
II. Isomers have same molecular formula.
III. Isomers have same chemical properties.
IV. The compound C3H8 has no isomers.

a)II and IV only b)I, III and IV only

Page 4 of 16
 c)I and III only d)I, II, III and IV
23. Bottle A contains oxalic acid and bottle B contains sodium carbonate solution. When pH paper is dipped in each [1]
of the solutions, the colour seen in A and B respectively be

a)orange, blue b)green, blue

c)blue, orange d)orange, green

24. Assertion (A): The balancing of chemical equations is based on the law of conservation of mass. [1]
Reason (R): Total mass of reactants is equal to the total mass of products.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

25. How can tooth decay be prevented ? [2]
26. i. Define covalent bond. Explain with the help of examples. [3]
ii. Discuss the important characteristics of covalent compounds.
OR
i. Where do compounds of carbon find applications?
ii. Draw the electron dot structures of CO2 and state the type of bonding.

27. How can a layer of aluminium oxide on an aluminium object be made thicker? What is this process called? [3]
28. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
Salts play a very important role in our daily life. Sodium chloride which is known as common salt is used almost
in every kitchen. Baking soda is also a salt used in faster cooking as well as in baking industry. The family of
salts is classified on the basis of cations and anions present in them.

a. Identify the acid and base from which Sodium chloride is formed. (1)
b. Find the cation and the anion present in Calcium sulphate. (1)
c. "Sodium chloride and washing soda both belong to the same family of salts." Justify this statement. (2)
OR
Define the term pH scale. Name the salt obtained by the reaction of Potassium hydroxide and Sulphuric acid
and give the pH value of its aqueous solution. (2)

29. i. Define a decomposition reaction. How can we say that (I) electrolysis of water, and (II) blackening of silver [5]
bromide when exposed to sunlight, are decomposition reactions? Mention the type of energy involved in
each case.
ii. The type of reactions in which (I) calcium oxide is formed, and (II) calcium hydroxide is formed are opposite
reactions to each other. Justify this statement with the help of chemical equations.
OR
a. What is thermit process? Where is this process used? Write balanced chemical equation for the reaction involved.
b. Where does the metal aluminium, used in the process, occurs in the reactivity series of metals?
c. Name the substances that are getting oxidised and reduced in the process.

Section C
30. Which statement/statements is/are correct? [1]

a)An ammeter is not connected in series in a b)An ammeter is connected in series in a

Page 5 of 16
 circuit and a voltmeter is connected in line circuit and a voltmeter is connected in
parallel

c)An ammeter has a high resistance d)A voltage has a low resistance
31. A student traces the path of a ray of light passing through a rectangular glass slab for three different values of [1]
angle of incidence (i) namely 30o, 45o, 60o. He produces the incident ray and measures the perpendicular
distance, l, between the produced incident ray and the emergent ray.

He will observe that

a)'l' keeps on decreasing with increase in b) 'l' is maximum for ∠i = 45o and is less than
angle of incidence. this value both for ∠i = 30oand for ∠i =
60o.

c)'l' remains the same for all three angles of d)'l' keeps on increasing with increase in angle
incidence. of incidence.
32. Assertion (A): The human eye is one of the most valuable and sensitive sense organs. [1]
Reason (R): Eye enables us to see the wonderful world and the colours around us.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

33. A student wound an insulated copper wire around a soft iron rod. He then connected one end to the rheostat and [2]
the other free end to the battery via a key. He closed the key and observes the deflection in the magnetic needle
placed nearby. Now he altered the current using by reversing the connections of the battery and again noted the
change in the deflection of the needle.

i. Why do the student performed this activity?

ii. What did the student observe?
iii. Comment on the statement a material in the middle of a current carrying coil gets magnetised.
34. [2]
In the circuit given below, the resistors R1, R2 and R3 have the values 10 Ω, 20 Ω and 30 Ω respectively, which
have been connected to a battery of 12 V. Calculate

a. the current through each resistor,

b. the total circuit resistance, and
c. the total current in the circuit.

Page 6 of 16
 OR
The rest position of the needles in a milliammeter and voltmeter, not in use, are as shown in Figure A. When a
student uses these instruments in his experiment, the readings of the needles are in the positions shown in Figure B.
Determine the correct values of current and voltage the student should use in his calculations.

35. Find the focal length of a lens of power –2.0 D. What type of lens is this? [3]
36. 1. Write the function of each of the following parts of human eye : cornea, iris, crystalline lens, ciliary muscles. [3]
2. Millions of people of the developing countries of world are suffering from corneal blindness. These people
can be cured by replacing the defective cornea with the cornea of a donated eye.
A charitable society of your city has organised a campaign in your neighbourhood in order to create
awareness about this fact.
If you are asked to participate in this mission how would you contribute in this noble cause?
1. State the objective of organising such campaigns.
2. List two arguments which you would give to motivate the people to donate their eyes after death.
3. List two values which are developed in the persons who actively participate and contribute in such
programme.
37. One-half of a convex lens is covered with a black paper. Will this lens produce a complete image of the object? [3]
Verify your answer experimentally. Explain your observations.
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
A student fixes a sheet of white paper on a drawing board using some adhesive materials. She places a bar
magnet in the centre of it and sprinkles some iron filings uniformly around the bar magnet using a salt sprinkler.
On tapping the board gently, she observes that the iron filings have arranged themselves in a particular pattern.
i. What makes iron filings arrange in a definite pattern?
ii. Draw a diagram to show this pattern of iron filings.
iii. How is the direction of magnetic field at a point determined using the field lines? Why do two magnetic field
lines not cross each other?
OR
How are the magnetic field lines of a bar magnet drawn using a small compass needle? Draw one magnetic
field line each on both sides of the magnet.

39. A letter 'A' consists of a uniform wire of resistance 1 ohm cm-1. The side of the letter are each 20 cm long and [5]

the cross-piece in the middle is 10 cm long while apex angle is 60o. Find the resistance of the letter between the

Page 7 of 16
two ends of the legs.

OR
a. Define Power and state its SI unit.
b. A torch bulb is rated 5 V and 500 mA. Calculate its
i. Power
ii. Resistances
iii. Energy consumed when it is lighted for 21 hours.
2

Page 8 of 16
 Solution

Section A
1. (a) Reptiles
Explanation:
Reptiles
2.
(b) There are at least two different alleles for the gene for height.
Explanation:
Genotype is the genetic composition of an organism, i.e., the combination of alleles it possesses. Every character in an
organism is controlled by a gene that has at least two alleles that lie on the two homologous chromosomes at the same locus.
These alleles may represent the same (homozygous, e.g., TT for height)or alternate expressions (heterozygous, e.g., Tt) of the
same character. Thus, if genotype for the height of an organism is Tt, this means there are at least two different alleles for the
gene for height, one is T and the other is t.

3.
(c) I, III, IV
Explanation:
Photosynthesis takes place in the uncovered part which turns blue black when tested with iodine.

4. (a) C
Explanation:
Buds appear as protuberance. In C all the cells are separate and single.
5.
(b) Incineration
Explanation:
Incineration is the process of burning substances under aerobic conditions at high temperature (usually more than 1000oC) in a
closed unit called incinerator.

6.
(b) (A)
Explanation:
Genetic drift cannot be removed by self pollination.

7.
(c) medulla
Explanation:
The brain is divided into three regions (i) Forebrain (ii) Midbrain and (iii) Hindbrain. The forebrain is the largest part of the
brain. It is the main thinking region. It is made up of cerebrum, hypothalamus, and thalamus. The midbrain does not have any
further divisions. The hindbrain consists of the cerebellum, pons, and medulla. The spinal cord is a cylindrical structure that
begins in continuation with the medulla and extends downwards within the vertebral column from the medulla oblongata to the
number region.

8.
(d) A is false but R is true.
Explanation:
When pureline pea plants having round yellow seeds are crossed with that of wrinkled green seeds then plant obtained in F1 are
all with round yellow seeds as round yellow seeds are dominant to wrinkled green seeds.

Page 9 of 16
 9. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
The pancreas secretes insulin which helps to regulate blood sugar levels in the body. If the sugar level in the blood rises, they
are detected by the cells of the pancreas which respond by producing more insulin. As the blood sugar level falls, insulin
secretion is reduced.
10. i. The kitchen garden is known as an artificial ecosystem because they are manmade where specific biotic and abiotic elements
are utilized. A kitchen garden is an ecosystem where the plants such as rice, wheat, vegetables, etc. are cultivated. Farmers
operate the relationship between the abiotic factors and producers
ii. When designing an artificial ecosystem at home, there are two important things that need to be kept in mind to convert it into a
self-sustaining system: Balance between biotic and abiotic factors and Recycling of nutrients and waste.
11. Ozone layer acts as a protective shield against the harmful Ultraviolet rays of the sun. Depletion of ozone layer leads to exposure
to Ultraviolet rays & due to this the incidences of cancer, cataract are on rise. Also the uv rays damage the immune system of
human beings.
In 1987, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) succeeded in forging an agreement between nations to freeze
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) production to 1986 levels. CFCs are the main cause of ozone layer depletion.
OR
i. aquatic
ii. abiotic
iii. non living organisms
iv. living organisms
v. Ecosystem is a system, or a group of interconnected elements, formed by the interaction of a community of organisms with
their environment.
12. The correct diagram is shown below:

13. Binary fission Multiple fission

A parent cell is present which on cytokinesis forms

A parent cell is present which forms multiple daughter cells.
2 daughter cells.
It undergoes cytokinesis. It undergoes multiple divisions to form many daughter cells.
Occurs during favorable conditions. Occurs during unfavorable conditions.
most common form of reproduction in prokaryotes. most common form of reproduction in Protists and parasitic species.

the nucleus divides first and is surrounded by cytoplasm whose division

both cytoplasm and nucleus divide together
occurs in the later stage.

Example: Bacteria, Amoeba, etc. Example: Plasmodium, Algae, etc.

14. The leaf turns blue-black except in the covered region. As this covered region did not receive light, photosynthesis did not occur.
Hence no starch was formed there. The uncovered region received light and starch was formed there due to photosynthesis.
15. i. Nutrition is the process of taking food by an organism and the utilization of food for energy.
ii. Organisms like bread moulds and mushrooms break down the food materials outside the body and then absorb them.
Mushroom has a saprophytic mode of nutrition.
iii. Plants are autotrophs and they have an autotrophic mode of nutrition. They perform photosynthesis to prepare their own food.
Animals depend on plants for food.
OR

Page 10 of 16
 The Cuscuta, ticks, and leeches all are Parasites. A parasite receives its food from the host but gives no benefit to the host in
return. The host may be a plant or animal.
16. i. Chimpanzee is the mammal which shows maximum similarity with the human.
ii. The reason for the same eye color of Mita and her mother is the gene for hazel eye color which inherited to Mita from her
mother.
iii. Sharing and caring, respect for elders and concern for others are the values learned in a joint family.
OR
i. I. Over-secretion of growth hormone - gigantism and growth hormones is secreted by anterior pituitary gland.
II. Deficiency of estrogen in females caused female hypogonadism. It is secreted from ovaries.
III. Less secretion of thyroxine caused hypothyroidism. It is secreted thyroid gland.
ii. In humans, the timing and amount of hormone secretion are regulated by the feedback mechanism by the end product. For
example, the pancreas is triggered to release the insulin when the positive feedback is given by the increase of sugar level in
blood.
Section B
17.
(b) A, B and D
Explanation:
Formula for bleaching powder is CaOCl2. It has chlorine available which acts as a disinfectant. It cannot be used as an antacid
because it is non-edible. Hans Clever is the most economical method of manufacturing bleaching powder.

18.
(d) A and B
Explanation:
CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2 (aq)
A combination reaction is a reaction where two or more elements or compounds combine to form a single compound.
Calcium oxide combines with water to form calcium hydroxide. Hence, it is a combination reaction.
It is an exothermic reaction as a lot of heat liberate with hissing sound during the reaction.

19.
(c) Butyne CH6
4
Explanation:
Butyne C
46 H

20. (a) (i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
Explanation:
Soaps are sodium or potassium salts of long-chain fatty acids.
Detergents are sodium salts of a long chain of sulphonic acids.
The reaction of acetic acid with metal hydroxides is a neutralization reaction.
CH3COOH + NaOH → CH3COONa + H2O
The reaction in which a carboxylic acid combines with an alcohol to form an ester is called esterification. When acetic
acid CH3COOH reacts with alcohol, an ester is formed along with water.
CH3COOH + C2H5OH → CH3COOC2H5 + H2O

21.
(c) Phosphorus and sodium respectively
Explanation:
Phosphorus and sodium are highly reactive at room temperature. Phosphorus is stored underwater. Sodium reacts with water,
hence it is stored under kerosene.

22. (a) II and IV only

Explanation:

Page 11 of 16
 Isomers have same molecular formula but different structural formulae. Isomers have different physical and chemical
properties.
23. (a) orange, blue
Explanation:
The colour of pH paper is orange in acidic medium, i.e. in oxalic acid while it is blue in basic medium, i.e. in sodium carbonate
solution.
24. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

25. By cleaning the mouth after eating food. Using toothpastes, which are generally basic because they can neutralize the excess of
acid and prevent tooth decay.
26. i. Covalent bond: The bond formed by equal contribution and mutual sharing of electrons between two atoms so that both the
atoms acquire the stable nearest noble gas configuration i.e. get their octet complete is called covalent bond.
The mutually shared electrons become the common property of both the bonded atoms.
The number of electrons contributed by an atom of the element for mutual sharing during the formation of a covalent bond is
called its covalency.
Each pair of shared electrons is represented by putting a single line (—) between two atoms.
In the example given below :
Element At no. Electronic configuration
H 1 1
C 6 2,4
O 8 2, 6
N 7 2, 5

Examples,
a. Formation of a hydrogen molecule(H2): At no. of hydrogen = 1. It has one electron is the first orbit. When two hydrogen
atoms approach each other they share their single electron present in their first orbits. Each hydrogen atom can now be
thought of as having noble gas configuration of helium. It may represented as:

Formation of H2 molecule
b. Formation of chlorine molecule. Two chlorine atoms combine with each other to form a molecule of chlorine. In this case,
both the atoms have seven electrons in their outermost shell and they contribute one electron each to form a covalent bond.
Thus, both the chlorine atoms acquire noble gas configuration of argon. This may be depicted as:

Formation of Cl2 molecule

c. Formation of HCl molecule. A covalent bond is formed not only between similar atoms but it may be formed between
dissimilar atoms also. For example, hydrogen and chlorine form a covalent bond between their atoms. Hydrogen atom has
only one electron and chlorine atom has seven electrons in its valence shell. Therefore, by mutual sharing of electron pair
between a hydrogen and a chlorine atom both the atoms acquire nearest noble gas configuration. Hydrogen atom acquires
electronic configuration of helium whereas chlorine atom gets electronic configuration of argon.
ii. The important characteristics of covalent compounds are as follows :
a. Covalent compounds consist of molecules. Covalent compounds do not have any ions. Therefore, they consist of
molecules. For example, H2,Cl2, H2O, NH3 etc.
b. Covalent compounds are liquids or gases in nature. We have studied that the ionic compounds are crystalline solids. But
only a few covalent compounds are solids (e.g. sugar, glucose, iodine). These are mostly liquids (water, ethyl alcohol) or
gases (oxygen, hydrogen, ammonia) at room temperature. Actually, the attractive forces in covalent molecules are weak
and these molecules are not as close lo one another as the ionic solids.

Page 12 of 16
 c. Covalent compounds have low melting and boiling points. As covalent molecules do not have ions, the attractive forces
among them are weak. Therefore, the covalent molecules can be easily separated from each other. In other words, they
have low melting and boiling points.
d. Covalent compounds do not conduct electricity. Covalent compounds normally do not conduct electricity. Some of them
are poor conductors of electricity. The current is carried by the ions. As covalent compounds do not have ions, these are
poor conductors of electricity.
e. Covalent compounds are insoluble in water. Covalent compounds generally do not dissolve in water. They are soluble in
alcohol, ether, benzene etc. which are called organic solvents. However some of them such as ammonia and ethyl alcohol
are water soluble.
OR
i. The carbon compounds are being increasingly used as a source of energy, as medicines, colours, textiles, plastics, food
preservatives etc. Wood contains carbon in the form of cellulose. Plastic contains carbon in long chains called polymers. Steel
contains carbon sandwiched between Iron molecules. Graphite is pure carbon. Diamonds are pure carbon (in a different
crystalline structure than graphite).
ii. :O:: C : : O: [CO2]
The carbon and oxygen atoms are linked by two covalent bonds.
27. Aluminium develops a thin oxide layer when exposed to air. This aluminium oxide coat makes it resistant to further corrosion.
The resistance can be improved further by making the oxide layer thicker. This process is called anodising.
During anodising, a clean aluminium article is made the anode and is electrolysed with dilute sulphuric acid. The oxygen gas
evolved at the anode reacts with aluminium to make a thicker protective oxide layer. This oxide layer can be dyed easily to give
aluminium articles an attractive finish.
28. a. Acid - HCl, Base - NaOH
b. Cation Ca2+ Anion SO2-4,
c. Salts having same cations but different anions belong to the same family of salts. e.g. sodium chloride (NaCl) and Washing
Soda/sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) both have Na+ as cation.
OR
A scale for measuring hydrogen ion (H+) concentration in a solution is called pH scale.
Potassium Sulphate/K2SO4
pH = 7

29. i. A reactant breaks down to give two or more products. A reaction which requires energy to split a compound or reactant in two
or more simple substances.
(I) Water splits into hydrogen gas and oxygen gas.
Electrical energy
(II) Silver bromide decomposes into silver and bromine
Light energy
ii. (I) Formation of calcium oxide:
Heat
CaCO3(s) −−→ CaO(s) + CO 2(g)

It is an endothermic reaction/decomposition reaction.

(II) Formation of calcium hydroxide:
CaO + H2O → Ca(OH)2 + Heat
It is exothermic/combination reaction
OR
a. The thermite process, also known as the thermite reaction or thermit process, is a type of exothermic reaction in which a metal
oxide reacts with a more reactive metal to produce molten metal and a metal oxide as the byproduct. This reaction is highly
exothermic and is often used for welding or in pyrotechnic displays. In thermite reaction, iron oxide reacts with aluminium to
produce molten iron.
The following reaction of iron oxide with aluminium as:
Fe2O3(s) + 2 Al(s) ⟶ 2 Fe(l) + Al2O3(s) + heat
This is used to join railway tracks or cracked machine parts because the amount of heat evolved is so large that the metal is
produced in the molten state.

Page 13 of 16
 b. The reactivity series of metals as: K > Na > Ca > Mg > Al > C > Zn > Fe > Sn > Pb
As aluminium is more reactive than iron so it is placed above iron in the reactivity series.
c. In this process, aluminium is getting oxidised to aluminium oxide and iron oxide is getting reduced to iron.
Section C
30.
(b) An ammeter is connected in series in a circuit and a voltmeter is connected in parallel
Explanation:
An ammeter is connected in series in a circuit and a voltmeter is connected in parallel

31.
(d) 'l' keeps on increasing with increase in angle of incidence.
Explanation:
l α sin(i - r) where r is the angle of refraction.

32. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
We know that human eye is the most valuable sense organ because it enables us to see this colourful world. Thus, the given
reason is correct explanation of the assertion.
33. i. The student conducted this activity to make an electromagnet.
ii. The electrical current flowing through a coil will create a uniform magnetic field. This magnetic field causes the needle to
turn. Reversing, the connections to the battery, reverses the irection of the current flow and the needle will point in the
opposite direction.
iii. When an iron rod is placed along the axis of a current carrying coil, it gets magnetised under the influence of the magnetic
field produced by the coil through induction. But this magnetism lasts as long as the current supply is not withdrawn.
34. Given: R1 = 10 Ω; R2 = 20 Ω; R3 = 30 Ω
According to Ohm’s law,
V = IR
Given V = 12 V
a. Current through resistorR1:
V 1
I1= R1
= 2 =1.2 A
1
Current through
0 resistorR2:
V 1
I2= R 2 = 2 =0.6 A
2
Current through
0 resistorR3:
V 1
I3= R 3 = 2 =0.4 A
3
b. Total circuit0resistance,R
1 1
R =
= R
+ R12 + R13
1 = 1
1 1 1
R
1 10
+ 20 + 30
R 11
60
60
R = 11 = 5.45Ω
c. The total current in the circuit is I = I1 + I2 + I3
= 1.2 + 0.6 + 0.4 = 2.2 A
OR
The correct values of current and voltage the student should use in his calculations are 38 mA, 3.2 V
35.
f = 1= 1=−0.5m
P −2
f = –0.5 m = –50 cm
Lens is divergent or say concave.
36. 1. Functions of following parts of human eye are given below :
1. Cornea - It is a thin membrane which provides 67% of the eye's focussing power.

Page 14 of 16
 2. Iris - It controls amount of light entering the eye by controlling the size of pupil similar to the aperture of a camera which
has capacity to decrease or increase the amount of light entering eye.
3. Crystalline lens - It helps to focus light on retina for image formation.
4. Ciliary muscles - It contracts and relax in order to change the lens shape for focussing image at retina. when it contracts
the lens become thicker and when it relaxes the lens become flat.
2. 1. The objective of organising such compaigns is to guide, educate and help those people who are suffering from corneal
blindness that they can be cured by corneal replacement surgery.
2. 1. Come to participate in this campaign because, if someone get his vision through your eyes, it is an incredible help.
2. As eye is one of the most valuable sense organs through which an individual can achieve so many things in his/her life,
so try to realise the situation that these people are sufferinng from.
3. The persons who actively participate and contribute in such programme are strong hearted and very much helpful for the
people living in such situations.

37.

Yes, even when one-half of a convex lens is covered with a black paper, the lens will produce a complete image.
Take a live candle, keep it in front of a convex lens mounted on an optical bench.
Move the candle along the axis of bench and take its full image on a screen. Now cover the lower half of lens with a black paper
without changing the positions of candle, lens and screen.
You will observe that full image of candle is still seen on the screen, but the intensity of image is reduced. The reason is that a
large number of rays incident on the lens are blocked. In the case of covered lower half of lens with black paper, the rays that are
emerging from candle and incident on lens are refracted from upper part only and form the full image.
38. i. The bar magnet kept at the centre of board has its magnetic field around it. The iron filings sprinkled on the board experience
a force on them due to the magnetic field of bar magnet. So, when the student taps the board the iron filings align themselves
according to the magnetic field lines of the bar magnet.

ii.

iii. The direction of a magnetic field at a point is determined by placing a small compass needle. The N - pole of compass
indicates the direction of magnetic field at that point.
Two magnetic field lines do not intersect each other because if there was point of intersection, The compass needle would
point towards 2 directions.

Page 15 of 16
 OR

39. The arrangement of resistance is shown in fig. (a) and its equivalent circuit is shown in fig (b).

Fig. (a)

Fig. (b)
Since the wire has a resistance of 1Ωcm-1, the resistance of cross-piece de is 10 Ω. Since apex angle is 600 and the cross-piece is
10 cm. long, the ends d and e of the cross-piece must be the mid-point of the legs ab and ac so that ade becomes an equilateral
triangles.
As it is clear from the fig. da and ae are in series. Therefore, resistance of the combination of da and ae = 10 + 10 = 20Ω. This 20
Ω resistance is parallel to de.
∴ Effective resistance r of the portion daedis given by
1 1 1 2+1 3 20
r
= 10 + 20 = 20
= 20orr = 3
Now bd and ec are in series with the resistance of portion daed.
20 +10=80
∴ Resistance betweenbandc=10+ 3 = 26.67Ω
3
OR
a. Power is defined as rate of doing work/ rate at which energy is consumed/ rate at which electric energy is dissipated in an
electric circuit. In simpler terms, it measures how quickly energy is converted from one form to another or how quickly work
is done.
S.I unit of Power is watt
i. P = VI
= 5 volt × 500 mA
500
= 5 volt × A
= 2.5 watt
2
ii. P = VR
or R = 5 volt ×5 volt
2.5 watt
R = 250 = 10Ω
25
iii. Energy Consumed = Power × Time
= 2.5 W × 2.5 h
= 6.25 Wh

Page 16 of 16
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 03

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. As compared to terrestrial organisms, the rate of breathing in aquatic organisms is: [1]

a)slower because the capacity of water of b)slower because the amount of dissolved
dissolving atmospheric air is limited. oxygen in water is fairly low.

c)faster because they need more oxygen for d)faster because the amount of dissolved
their survival. oxygen in water is fairly low.
2. In an experiment to study independent inheritance of two separate traits : shape and colour of seeds, the ratio of [1]
the different combinations in F2 progeny would be

a)1 : 3 b)1 : 2 : 1

c)9 : 1 : 1 : 3 d)9 : 3 : 3 : 1
3. Disposable plastic plates should not be used because: [1]

a)They are made of materials with light b)They are made of biodegradable materials.
weight.

c)They are made of toxic materials. d)They are made of non-biodegradable

material.
4. Match the following with correct response. [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Central nervous system (a) Brain

(ii) Peripheral nervous system (b) Sympathetic nervous system

(iii) Autonomic nervous system (c) Cranial and spinal nerves

(iv) Reflex action (d) Reflex arc

a)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) b)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)

c)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) d)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

Page 1 of 17
 5. What will happen if the deer are missing in the following food chain? [1]
Grass → Deer → Tiger

a)The population of tigers will increase b)The tigers will die

c)The amount of grass will decrease d)The tigers will start eating grass
6. Select from the following the correct statement about tropic movement in plants: [1]

a)It is due to stimulus of touch and b)It does not depend upon the direction of
temperature. stimulus received.

c)It is observed only in roots and not in stems. d)It is a growth related movement.
7. Select from the following a plant hormone which promotes cell division. [1]

a)Abscissic Acid b)Cytokinins

c) Auxins d) Gibberellins
8. Assertion (A): Amoeba takes in food using finger like extensions of the cell surface. [1]
Reason (R): In all unicellular organisms, the food is taken in by the entire cell surface.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

9. Assertion (A): Producers are capable of using light energy from the sun to make food available in an ecosystem. [1]
Reason (R): All food chains in an ecosystem start with a producer.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

10. Define the term pollination. Differentiate between self-pollination and cross-pollination. What is the significance[2]
of pollination?

11. a. Construct a food chain of four trophic levels operating in a grassland. If the energy available to the organisms[2]
of 4th trophic level is 75 joules, how much energy was available with the organisms of the 2nd trophic level
for transfer to the next trophic level? Justify your answer.
b. Why is the flow of energy unidirectional in a food chain?

OR
What is meant by trophic level in a food chain? Construct a terrestrial food chain with four trophic levels. The energy
flow in a food chain is always unidirectional. Why?
12. Name a plant growth hormone synthesized at the shoot tip. Explain its effect on the growth of a plant in response[2]
to light.
13. Name the plant Mendel used for his experiment. What type of progeny was obtained by Mendel in F1 and F2 [3]
generations when he crossed the tall and short plants? Write the ratio he obtained in F2 generation plants.

14. i. Write the correct sequence of steps followed during journey of oxygen rich blood from lungs to various [3]
organs of human body.
ii. What happens when the system of blood vessels develop a leak?
15. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]

Page 2 of 17
 A student crossed pea plants having round and yellow seeds with pea plants having wrinkled and green seeds.
He found that only one type of seeds were produced in the F1 generation. When these F1 generation pea plants
were self - pollinated with each other, then in addition to the seed type of F1 generation, some new types of seed
combinations were also obtained in the F2 generation.

i. Write any two contrasting visible characters other than the ones shown above, taken by Mendel for his
experiment. (1)
ii. Mention the dominant traits observed in F1 generation. (1)
iii. Give reason why the traits which were not visible in the seeds of F1 generation reappeared in the seeds of F2

generation. Write the ratio of different types of seeds obtained in F2 generation in this case. (2)
OR
What is meant by the terms (I) dominant, and (II) recessive traits? Explain. (2)

16. i. Name the mode of reproduction of the following organisms and state the important feature of each mode : [5]

a. Planaria
b. Hydra
c. Rhizopus

ii. We can develop new plants from the leaves of Bryophyllum. Comment.
iii. List two advantages of vegetative propagation over other modes of reproduction.
OR
With the help of labelled diagram explain the general scheme to illustrate how nervous impulses travel in the body?
Section B
17. Select the incorrect statement. [1]
a. The formula of the compound is calcium sulphate dihydrate.
b. When mixed with water and left for half an hour, this compound sets into a hard mass.
c. If heated at higher temperature, the compound becomes dehydrated and is called dead burnt plaster.
d. Both (a) and (b)

a)Statement (d) is incorrect. b)Statement (a) is incorrect.

c)Statement (b) is incorrect. d)Statement (c) is incorrect.

18. Which of the given statement is correct or wrong: [1]
Statement A: Acetic acid freezes at 290K.
Statement B: Acetic is also called as glacial acetic acid.

a)Statement B is True; Statement A is false. b)Statement A is true; Statement B is false.

c)Neither Statement A nor Statement B is d)Both the statements A and B are true.
true.
19. An element X reacts with O2 to give a compound with a high melting point. This compound is also soluble in [1]
water. The element X is likely to be:

a) silicon b) carbon

c) iron d) calcium
20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

Page 3 of 17
 Column A Column B

(i) Catenation (a) Butene (b) Carbon

(ii) Alkane compounds (c) Ethyne

(iii) Alkene (d) Ethane

(iv) Alkyne

a)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) b)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)

c)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b) d)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)
21. During smelting, an additional substance is added which combines with impurities to form a fusible product [1]
known as:

a) Mud b) Gangue

c) Flux d) Slag
22. Identify a group of the unsaturated hydrocarbons from the following: [1]

a)Butyne, Ethene, Propyne b)Propane, Ethene, Butyne

c)Cyclohexane, Methane, Ethane d)Ethene, Propane, Hexane

23. The name of the salt used to remove permanent hardness of water is: [1]

a)Calcium sulphate hemihydrate (CaSO4. b)Sodium carbonate decahydrate

1 H2O) (Na2CO3.10H2O)
2

c)Sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3) d)Sodium chloride (NaCl)

24. Assertion (A): When common salt is kept open, it absorbs moisture from the air. [1]
Reason (R): Common salt contains magnesium chloride.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

25. You have been provided with two test tubes. One of them contains distilled water and the other contain acid [2]
solution. How will you find out which of the test tube contains water without testing the contents of the test
tube?
26. Identify the type of reactions taking place in each of the following cases and write the balanced chemical [3]
equation for the reactions.

a. Zinc reacts with silver nitrate to produce zinc nitrate and silver.

Page 4 of 17
 b. Potassium iodide reacts with lead nitrate to produce potassium nitrate and lead iodide.
OR
Define a chemical reaction. State four observations which help us to determine that a chemical reaction has taken
place. Write one example of each of the observations with a balanced chemical equation.
27. The atomic number of an element is 20. Write its electronic configuration. State whether this element is a metal [3]
or a non-metal. What is its valency? Write the name and formula of the compound which this element forms
with chlorine.
28. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
Those reactions in which two compounds react by an exchange of ions to form two new compounds are called
double displacement reactions. A double displacement reaction usually occurs in solution and one of the
products, being insoluble, precipitate out (separates as a solid). Any reaction in which an insoluble solid (called
precipitate) is formed that separates from the solution is called a precipitation reaction. The reaction in which
acid or acidic oxide reacts with base or basic oxide to form salt and water is called neutralisation reaction.
For example, 2NaOH + H2SO4 ⟶ Na2SO4 + H2O
i. When hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through a blue solution of copper sulphate, a black precipitate of
copper sulphide is obtained and the sulphuric acid so formed remains in the solution. Mention the type of
reaction. (1)
ii. Balance the following chemical reaction. (1)
Pb(NO3)2(aq) + KI(aq) ⟶ PbI2(s) + KNO3(aq)
iii. Barium chloride in reaction with ammonium sulphate forms barium sulphate and ammonium chloride.
Which type of chemical reaction represents in this reaction? (2)
OR
Identify A in the following reaction. (2)
AlCl3(aq) + 3NH4OH(aq) ⟶ A + 3NH4Cl(aq)

29. i. What are soaps? Explain the mechanism of cleansing action of soap with the help of a labelled diagram. [5]
ii. Detergents are better than soaps. Justify.
OR
a. Distinguish between esterification and saponification reactions with the help of chemical equations for each.
b. With a labelled diagram describe in brief an activity to show the formation of an ester.

Section C
30. Find the incorrect statement: [1]
A. Convex mirrors are used by the dentist to see the large images of teeth of patients.
B. Convex mirrors are used as rear-view mirrors in cars, motorcycles, scooters, etc
C. Concave mirrors are used for shaving purpose.
D. Concave mirrors are used by doctors to focus light inside the ear or inside the mouth for medical
examination.

a) (B) b) (C)

c) (A) d) (D)
31. In the following diagram the correctly marked angles are: [1]

Page 5 of 17
 a) ∠A, ∠r and ∠D b) ∠i, ∠A and ∠D
c) ∠A, ∠i and ∠e d) ∠A and ∠e
32. Assertion (A): In electric circuits, wires carrying currents in opposite directions are often twisted together. [1]
Reason (R): If the wire are not twisted together, the combination of the wires forms a current loop. The
magnetic field generated by the loop might affect adjacent circuits or components.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

33. Draw a ray diagram showing the path of rays of light when it enters with oblique incidence: [2]
a. from air to water
b. from water to air
34. An electric heater rated 1100 W operates at 220 V. Calculate (i) its resistance, and (ii) the current drawn by it. [2]
OR
In the experiment to study the dependence of current (I) on the potential difference (V) across a resistor, a student
obtained a graph as shown.
i. What does the graph depict about the dependence of current on the potential difference?
ii. Find the current that flows through the resistor when the potential difference across it is 2.5 V.

35. What is a Solenoid? Draw the pattern of the magnetic field lines around a current carrying solenoid. Mark on the [3]
pattern the region where the magnetic field is uniform.
36. A student sitting at the back of the classroom cannot read clearly the letters written on the backboard. What [3]
advice will a doctor give to her?

37. i. A straight cylindrical conductor is suspended with its axis perpendicular to the magnetic field of a horse-shoe [3]
magnet. The conductor gets displaced towards left when a current is passed through it. What will happen to
the displacement of the conductor if the
1. current through it is increased?
2. horse-shoe magnet is replaced by another stronger horse-shoe magnet?
3. direction of current through it is reversed?

Page 6 of 17
 ii. Name and state the rule for determining the direction of force on a current carrying conductor in a magnetic
field.
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
If two or more resistances are connected in such a way that the same potential difference gets applied to each of
them, then they are said to be connected in parallel.

The current flowing through the two resistances in parallel is, however, not the same. When we have two or
more resistances joined in parallel to one another, then the same current gets additional paths to flow and the
overall resistance decreases.

i. Three resistances, 2 Ω, 6 Ω and 8 Ω are connected in parallel, then what will be the equivalent resistance?
(1)
ii. A wire of resistance 12Ω is cut into three equal pieces and then twisted their ends together, then what will be
the equivalent resistance? (1)
iii. Three resistances are connected as shown. Calculate the equivalent resistance between A and B (2)

OR
Find the current in each resistance. (2)

39. The variation of image distance (v) with object distance (u) for a convex lens is given in the following [5]
observation table. Analyse it and answer the questions that follow:

S. No. Object distance (u) cm Image distance (v) cm

1 -150 +30

2 -75 +37.5

3 -50 +50

4 -37.5 +75

5 -30 +150

6 -15 +37.5

i. Without calculation, find the focal length of the convex lens. Justify your answer.
ii. Which observation is not correct? Why? Draw ray diagram to find the position of the image formed for this
position of the object.

Page 7 of 17
iii. Find the approximate value of magnification for u = -30 cm.
OR
i. State laws of reflection of light.
ii. An object of height 5·0 cm is placed at 15 cm in front of a concave mirror of focal length 10 cm. At what distance
from the mirror should a screen be placed, so that a focussed image is obtained on it? Find the height of the
image.

Page 8 of 17
 Solution

Section A

1.
(c) faster because they need more oxygen for their survival.
Explanation:
Since the amount of dissolved oxygen is fairly low compared to the amount of oxygen in the air, the rate of breathing in aquatic
organisms is much faster than in terrestrial organisms.

2.
(d) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1
Explanation:
9:3:3:1

3.
(d) They are made of non-biodegradable material. Explanation: Disposable plastic plates should not be used because they are
made of non-biodegradable material. Non-biodegradable substances may be inert, are not broken down and persist in the
environment for a long time. They may thus cause harm to the various members of the ecosystem.

4.
(b) (i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)
Explanation:
The central nervous system (CNS) is made up of the brain, the spinal cord, and the optic nerves.
The nervous system outside the brain and spinal cord.
The part of the nervous system responsible for the control of the bodily functions not consciously directed, such as
breathing, the heartbeat, and digestive processes.
Reflex action is an involuntary and nearly instantaneous movement in response to a stimulus. It is made possible by
neural pathways called the reflex arc.

5.
(b) The tigers will die
Explanation:
The tigers will die

6.
(d) It is a growth related movement.
Explanation:
It is a growth related movement.

7.
(b) Cytokinins
Explanation:
Cytokinins promote cell division.

8.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

Page 9 of 17
 Explanation:
An amoeba catches food via pseudopodia, which are finger-like extensions of its cytoplasm. The food particle is subsequently
consumed by encasing it in the cell membrane and internalising it, a process known as phagocytosis. Food is consumed by the
entire surface of unicellular organisms.

9.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

10. Pollination is the act of transferring pollen grains from the male anther of a flower to the female stigma. The goal of every living
organism, including plants, is to create offspring for the next generation. One of the ways that plants can produce offspring is by
making seeds. Seeds contain the genetic information to produce a new plant.
Self-pollination:
i. It is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of the stamen to the stigma of the carpel of the same flower or different
flower of the same plant.
ii. It does not require external agents.
iii. It does not introduce variation.
iv. It is a sure and economical method.
v. It avoids mixing or dilution of the original characters.
vi. The progeny becomes weaker after every generation
Cross-pollination:
i. It is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of different flowers of different plants.
ii. It requires external agents like wind, insects, etc. to carry out pollination.
iii. It introduces variation and adaptability.
iv. It is not economical and is highly wasteful.
v. Good characters of a race can be diluted.
vi. The progeny becomes healthier and better fitted for existence.
11. a. The energy at the 4th trophic level is given 75J. According to the 10% law, only 10% of the energy from one trophic level is
transferred to the next trophic level. Energy at the 3rd level (Snake 75J/10% = 75J/0.1= 750 J.
b. The flow of energy is unidirectional in a food chain. The energy that is captured by the autotrophs does not revert back to the
solar input and the energy which passes to the herbivores does not come back to autotrophs. As it moves progressively
through the various trophic levels it is no longer available to the pervious tropic level.
OR
Each step in a food chain through which the transfer of food takes place constitutes a trophic level.
Grass → Insect → Frog → Snake
The flow of energy in food chains is unidirectional. The energy which passes to the herbivores does not come back to the
autotrophs. The energy that is captured by the autotrophs does not revert back to the Sun. Therefore, in the food chain, the energy
moves progressively through various trophic levels. This energy is no longer available to the previous trophic level. Thus, the flow
of energy in a food chain is unidirectional.
12. Auxin
When light is coming from one side of the plant, auxin located at shoot tip diffuses towards the shaded side of the shoot.
Concentration of auxin in the shaded region stimulates the cells to grow longer as compared to the region exposed to light.
So the plant tends to bend towards the light.
13. i. Plant used by Mendal is Garden Pea Plant (Pisum sativum).
ii. F1 - All tall; F2 - Tall and short

Page 10 of 17
 iii. The ratio in F2 progeny is 3:1.

P u lm o nary
14. i. The correct sequence is blood flow from the Lungs − − − − − − → sides of the heart → Ventricle → Aorta → Body organs
Left
vein

ii. The leaked blood flows into surrounding tissues leading to accumulation of blood. This condition is known as hematoma.
15. i. i. Flower color (purple or white)
ii. Plant size (tall or dwarf)
ii. In F1 generation round and Yellow seeds were observed that mean round and Yellow are dominant traits.
iii. The traits which were not show in F1 generation were recessive traits that do not show their presence in front of dominant
genes.
Ratio of types if seeds in F2 generation is 9 : 3 : 3 : 1
OR
I. The trait that first appears or is visibly expressed in the organism is called the dominant trait.
II. The trait that is present at the gene level but is masked and does not show itself in the organism is called the recessive trait.
16. i. a. Planaria: Fragmentation- occurs when an organism literally breaks off from itself. The broken fragments of the organism
grow into individual separate organisms.
b. Hydra-budding: In hydra, a bud develops as an outgrowth due to repeated cell division at one specific site. These buds
develop into tiny individuals and, when fully mature, detach from the parent body and become new independent
individuals.

Page 11 of 17
 c. Rhizopus: spore formation occurs when a plant produces tiny spores and propagates through them. It burst open under
favourable conditions giving rise to the new individual.
ii. Occurs asexually through vegetative propagation by leaves. These buds arise at the margins of leaves giving rise to
adventitious roots, shoots and small leaves. The new plants then detach from the leaves and develop into a mature plant after
coming in contact with the soil.
iii. a. offspring are clones of their parent plants.
b. The plants that cannot produce viable seeds such as banana, seedless grapes and oranges, etc, can be easily grown by
vegetative propagation.
c. It is an easier, less expensive and a rapid method of propagation.
OR

The information from the environment is detected by receptors and passed on to the dendrite of the sensory neuron, from where
the electrical signals are passed on to the cyton then to axon and finally to the presynaptic knob which releases neurotransmitters
which goes to the synaptic cleft and generates an electric response on to the dendrite of the next neuron and ultimately to brain (or
spinal cord). The response from brain (or spinal cord) is similarly passed on to the effector, that undergoes the desired response.
Section B
17.
(c) Statement (b) is incorrect.
Explanation:
Atmosphere of Venus is made up of thick white and yellowish clouds of sulphuric acid.

18.
(d) Both the statements A and B are true.
Explanation:
The freezing point of ethanoic acid is 17o C (290 K). When ethanoic acid (acetic acid) is cooled, it freezes to form a colourless,
ice-like solid. The solid looks like a glacier and hence pure ethanoic acid are also called glacial ethanoic acid (or glacial acetic
acid).

19.
(d) calcium
Explanation:
calcium

20.
(b) (i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)
Explanation:
Carbon forms a large number of compounds due to the property of catenation. Catenation is the linkage of atoms of the
same element into longer chains. Catenation occurs most readily in carbon.
Ethane is an alkane (saturated hydrocarbon with single bonds between the two carbon atoms).
Butene is an alkene (unsaturated hydrocarbon with double bonds between two carbon atoms).
Ethyne is an alkyne (unsaturated hydrocarbon with triple bonds between the two carbon atoms).

21.
(d) Slag

Page 12 of 17
 Explanation:
During the smelting of iron, limestone is added as a flux. The temperature inside the blast furnace decomposes limestone to
calcium oxide which removes silicate impurity. Impurities like silicon are passed into the slag. The metal is separated from the
molten slag.
CaCO3 → CaO + CO2
CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3 (Slag)

22. (a) Butyne, Ethene, Propyne

Explanation:
Butyne, Ethene, Propyne
23.
(b) Sodium carbonate decahydrate (Na2CO3.10H2O)
Explanation:
Insoluble carbonates are created when washing soda reacts with the salts in water and are easily removed through physical
means.

24. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Magnesium chloride present in common salt is deliquescent i.e., it absorbs moisture from the air when kept in open.
25. Take two blue litmus paper strips and one by one dip in both test tubes A and B. The one which changes the colour of the litmus
paper to red it is acid and the one which shows no change in color is water.
26. a. It is a displacement reaction.
Zn + 2AgNO3 → Zn(NO3)2 + 2Ag
b. It is a double displacement reaction.
2Kl + Pb(NO3)2 → 2KNO3 + Pbl2
OR
Chemical reaction is the transformation of chemical substance into another chemical substance. Only a rearrangement of atoms
takes place in a chemical reaction. Old bonds are broken and new bonds are formed. Some of the characteristics of chemical
reactions are:
i. Change in colour: In some reactions, there is a change in colour after the reaction. For example, a chemical reaction between
citric acid and purple-coloured potassium permanganate solution is characterised by a change in colour of potassium
permanganate from purple to colourless.
Pb(NO3)2(aq) + 2KI ⟶2KNO3(aq) + PbI2(s)
Pb(NO3)2(aq)+2KI - Colourless
PbI2(s) - Yellow
ii. Formation of precipitate: The chemical reaction between sulphuric acid barium chloride solution. BaCl2(aq) + H2SO4(aq)

⟶ 2HCl(aq) + BaSO4(s)
iii. Change in temperature: Temperature change is the characteristic of many reactions. For example, the chemical reaction
between quicklime and water to form slaked lime. In this reaction temperature of the reaction is increased.
CaO(s)+H2O(l) ⟶Ca(OH)2(aq)+Heat
iv. Evolution of gas: Some reactions are characterised by evolution of gas as a result of chemical reaction. For example, the
chemical reaction between sodium carbonate and hydrochloric acid is characterised by the evolution of carbon dioxide gas.
Zn + H2SO4 ⟶ ZnSO4 + H2
27. The element with an atomic number of 20 is calcium (Ca).
The electronic configuration of calcium is: 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2.
Calcium is a metal because it is located in Group 2 (or Group IIA) of the periodic table, which consists of metals known as
alkaline earth metals.
The valency of calcium is +2.
The compound that calcium forms with chlorine is calcium chloride. The chemical formula for calcium chloride is CaCl2.

Page 13 of 17
28. i. Double displacement reaction
CuSO4 + H2S ⟶ 4CuS + H2SO4
Both CuSO4 and H2S exchange their ions to give new compounds-CuS and H2SO4. Hence, this is a double displacement
reaction.
ii. Zn(s) + H2SO4(aq) ⟶ ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)
It is an example of single displacement reaction.
iii. BaCl2+(NH4)2SO4→BaSO4↓+2NH4Cl
(ppt . )

It is a precipitation reaction as well as double displacement reaction.

OR
AlCl3 + 3NH4OH ⟶ Al(OH)3 + 3NH4Cl
29. i. Soaps are molecules has two ends have differing properties, one is hydrophilic (interacts with water), while the other end is
hydrophobic (interacts with hydrocarbons). When soap is at the surface of water, the hydrophobic 'tail' of soap will not be
soluble in water and the soap will align along the surface of water with the ionic end in water and the hydrocarbon 'tail'
protruding out of water. Inside water, these molecules keeps the hydrocarbon portion out of the water. Thus, clusters of
molecules in which the hydrophobic tails are in the interior of the cluster and the ionic ends are on the surface of the cluster.
This formation is called a micelle. Soap in the form of a micelle is able to clean, since the oily dirt will be collected in the
centre of the micelle. The micelles stay in solution as a colloid and will not come together because of ion-ion repulsion. Thus,
the dirt suspended in the micelles is also easily rinsed away. The soap micelles are large enough to scatter light.

ii. Detergents are sodium salts of sulphonic acids or ammonium salts with chlorides or bromide ions etc. Detergents have long
hydrocarbon chains. The charged ends of these compounds do not form insoluble precipitates with the calcium and
magnesium ions in hard water but soap reacts with calcium and magnesium ions present in the hard water to form insoluble
substance called scum. Thus, detergents are better cleansing agents than soaps, they remain effective even in hard water.
OR
Here the difference between esterification and saponification reactions
CHOH
2 5 + CHCOOH
3 → CHCOOCH
3 2 5 + HOesterification
2 ( )
Acid Ester Water
Alcohol
CH3COOC2H5 + NaOH →C2H5OH + CH3COONa(saponification)
Ester Base Alcohol Salt

Page 14 of 17
 Diagram for esterification

Description
1mL ethanol, 1mL glacial acetic acid and a few drops of conc. H2SO4

↓
Warmed in a water bath

↓
Water is poured into the beaker
↓
Section C
Fruity smell is produced
30.
(c) (A)
Explanation:
Concave mirrors are used by the dentist to see the large images of teeth of patients since concave mirrors form enlarged
images. Concave mirrors are also used for shaving purpose. Convex mirrors form diminished images. They are used as rear-
view mirrors in cars, motorcycles, scooters, etc since they give a wide field of view.

31.
∠
(d) A and e ∠
Explanation:

∠A and ∠e
32. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
If the wires are twisted together, they can be modelled as a single wire carrying current in the opposite directions. In this model,
no magnetic field is induced in the wires which does not affect adjacent circuits.
33. a. From air to water : Since the light is going from rarer (air) to denser (water) medium, therefore it will bend away from
normal after refraction.

Page 15 of 17
 b. From water to air : Since the light is going from denser (water) to rarer (air) medium, therefore it will bend towards normal
after refraction.

34. i. P = V×V
R
R = V×V
P
R = 220×220
1100
R = 48400
1100
R = 44 ohm
ii. V = R
I
I=V
R
I = 220
44
I=5A
OR
i. V ∝ I i.e current is directly proportional to applied voltage.
ii. at 2.5 V current will be 0.25 A
35. A coil of insulated copper wire wound in the form of a cylinder is a solenoid. When current is passed through a solenoid, it
produces magnetic field lines like a bar magnet. The pattern of magnetic field lines of a solenoid is shown in the figure. Inside the
solenoid, field lines are parallel to each other This indicates that the magnetic field is uniform .

36. This student is unable to see far off objects. This means that the student is suffering form myopia. Doctor will prescribe a concave
lens a suitable focal length.

Correction for myopia

37. i. 1. The force acting on a current-carrying conductor placed perpendicular to a magnetic field increases with the increase in
the current flowing through a conductor.
2. When a horseshoe magnet is replaced by a stronger magnet, then the magnetic field increases. Thus, the force acting on
the conductor increases.
3. If the length of the conductor increases then the force acting on the conductor also increases.
ii. Fleming's left hand rule: Stretch the forefinger, middle finger and the thumb of your left hand mutually perpendicular to each
other. If the forefinger indicates the direction of magnetic field and the middle finger indicates the direction of current, then
the thumb will indicate the direction of motion of conductor.
38. i. The equivalent resistance in the parallel combination is lesser than the least value of the individual resistance.
The equivalent resistance of parallel combinations
1 = 1 + 1 1+
Rp 2 4 8

Page 16 of 17
 ⇒ Rp = 8Ω 7
Thus equivalent resistance is less than 2Ω .
12
ii. Resistance of each piece = 3 = 4 Ω
1
Rp
R
= 1 + 1 + 1 = 3p= 4 Ω
4 4 4 4
⇒ 3
iii. All the three resistorsare in paralle.
∴ 1
Rp
= 1 + 1 11+ =
6 3
1 + 2 + 69
6 = 6 RP =
6
9 =
2
3Ω

OR
All are in parallel.
1
Rp = 1 × 4 = 1
12 3
⇒p R= 3 Ω
I = 3 = 1 A
3
So, currentineach resistor I′= 3 1
12
= 4 A
39. i. S. No. 3, 2fis50cm. ∴
2f = 50 cm, or f = 25 cm.
Justification:Object distance(u) and image distance (v) are same so it implies that object is placed at 2F.
ii. S. No. 6, isnotcorrect.
Reason: Foru=−15 cm, sign of v must be - ve ( as the image is formed on the same side of the lens as the object)

iii. Magnification: m = vu
+150 cm
= =−5 cm
−30 cm

OR
i. The angle of incidence is equal to the angle of reflection.
The incident ray, the normal to the mirror at the point of incidence and the reflected ray, all lie in the same plane.
ii. u = -15 cm, f = -10 cm (concave mirror)
h = 5.0 cm
1 1 1
Mirror formula f = v + u
1 −1
= 1 0 c m+ 1 = −1
v 15cm 30cm
or v = -30 cm. Thescreen must be placed at a distance of 30 cm from the mirror in front of it
′
( m ) = h =u− v
h
−v −30
h = u × h = − ×5 cm=−10 cm
cm
−15
cm

Page 17 of 17
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 04

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. Most of the digestion and absorption of the food takes place in the [1]

a)small intestine b)stomach

c)large intestine d)liver

2. The statement that correctly describes the characteristic(s) of a gene is: [1]

a)Each chromosome has only one gene b)In individuals of a given species, a specific
located all along its length. gene is located on a particular chromosome.

c)All the inherited traits in human beings are d)A gene is not the information source for
not controlled by genes. making proteins in the cell.
3. Some wastes are given below: [1]
i. Garden waste
ii. Ball point pen refills
iii. Empty medicine bottles made of glass
iv. Peels of fruits and vegetables
v. Old cotton shirt
The non-biodegradable wastes among these are:

a)(i), (iii) and (iv) b)(i), (iv) and (v)

c)(ii) and (iii) d)(i) and (ii)

4. Match the following with correct response. [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Thyroid gland (a) Testosterone

(ii) Pancreas (b) Thyroxin

(iii) Testis (c) Estrogen

(iv) Ovaries (d) Insulin and glucagon

Page 1 of 16
 a)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b) b)(i) - (a), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (c)

c)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) d)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)
5. Which of the following are water intensive crops? [1]

a)Wheat and sugarcane b)Wheat and rice

c)Sugarcane and rice d)Wheat and gram

6. Which one of the following statements is correct about the human circulatory system? [1]

a)Blood transports only oxygen and not b)Human heart has five chambers.
carbon dioxide.

c)Valves ensure that the blood does not flow d)Both oxygen-rich and oxygen-deficient
backwards. blood gets mixed in the heart.
7. Identify an involuntary action from the following: [1]

a)Regular beating of heart b)Riding a bicycle

c)Picking up a pencil d)Walking in a straight line

8. Assertion (A): Offsprings produced by asexual reproduction are genetically similar to the parents. [1]
Reason (R): Asexual reproduction involves a single parent.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

9. Assertion (A): The waste we generate daily may be biodegradable or non-biodegradable. [1]
Reason (R): The waste generated, if not disposed off properly may cause serious environmental problems.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

10. a. Name the reproductive and non-reproductive parts of bread mould (Rhizopus). [2]
b. List any two advantages of vegetative propagation.

11. How can you help in reducing the problem of waste disposal? Give any two methods. [2]
OR
The improvement in our lifestyle has led to the generation of large amount of waste material. List two reasons
to justify this statement.
12. Draw a diagram of neuron and name and label the part [2]
a. where information is acquired,
b. through which information travels as an electric impulse, and
c. where the electric impulse must be converted into a chemical signal for onward transmission.

13. A green stemmed tomato plant denoted by (GG) is crossed with a tomato plant with purple stem denoted by [3]
(gg).
a. What colour of the stem would you expect in their F1 progeny?

b. In what ratio would you find the green and purple coloured stem in plants of F2 progeny?

Page 2 of 16
 c. What conclusion can be drawn for the above observations?

14. a. Draw a diagram of human alimentary canal and label - gall bladder, pancreas, liver and small intestine on it. [3]
b. Give two reasons to explain why absorption of digested food occurs mainly in the small intestine.
15. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
Refer to the given table regarding results of F2 generation of Mendelian cross.

Plants with round and yellow coloured seeds (P) 315

Plants with round and green coloured seeds (Q) 108

Plants with wrinkled and yellow coloured seeds (R) 101

Plants with wrinkled and green coloured seeds (S) 32

i. What would be the phenotype of F1 generation regarding given data of F2 generation? (1)
ii. What would be the genotype of parental generation regarding the given result of F2 generation? (1)
iii. If a plant with wrinkled and green coloured seeds (S) is crossed with the plant having wrinkled and yellow
coloured seeds (R), what will be the probable phenotype of offspring? (2)
OR
What will result when plant YyRr is self-pollinated? (2)

16. a. Name any two bacterial infections that are sexually transmitted. How can they be prevented? [5]
b. List three different ways, other than the one stated in (a) above, that help an individual to avoid unwanted
pregnancies.
c. List three advantages for adopting contraceptive measures.
OR
a. Name the hormone secreted by (i) Pituitary, and (ii) Thyroid stating one main function of each. Name the disorder
a person is likely to suffer from due to the deficiency of the above mentioned hormones.
b. How is the timing and amount of hormone released regulated? Explain with an example.
Section B
17. Which of the following is(are) true when HCl (g) is passed through water? [1]
i. It does not ionise in the solution as it is a covalent compound.
ii. It ionises in the solution
iii. It gives both hydrogen and hydroxyl ion in the solution
iv. It forms hydronium ion in the solution due to the combination of hydrogen ion with water molecule

a)(iii) only b)(iii) and (iv)

c)(i) only d)(ii) and (iv)

18. Which of the given statement is correct or wrong: [1]
Statement A: Detergent with less branching in the molecule is degraded more easily than branched-chain
detergents.
Statement B: Soaps are 100% biodegradable.

a)Both the statements A and B are true. b)Neither statement A nor statement B is true.

c)Statement B is true; Statement A is false. d)Statement A is true; Statement B is false.

19. Copper utensils slowly lose their shiny brown surface and gain a green coat on prolonged exposure to [1]

Page 3 of 16
 atmospheric air. This is due to the formation of a coating of

a)Copper sulphate b)Cupric oxide

c)Cuprous oxide d)Copper carbonate

20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Copper is used in electrical appliances (a) Hydrogen sulphide

(ii) Sodium is very reactive (b) Good conductor

(iii) Silver is tarnished (c) Graphite

(iv) A non-metal and a good conductor (d) Stored in kerosene

a)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) b)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

c)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) d)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)
21. The property of metal by which it can be drawn into wires is called: [1]

a) Ductility b) Sonorous

c) Conductivity d) Malleability
22. Which one of the following properties of Carbon is not responsible for its formation of large number of [1]
compounds?

a) Isomerism b) Catenation

c) Tetravalency d) Allotropy
23. A solution turns the colour of turmeric to reddish brown. If the same solution is poured on universal indictor, its [1]
colour would change to-

a) blue b) red

c) violet d) green
24. Assertion (A): Strength of the acid or base decreases with dilution. [1]
Reason (R): Ionization of an acid or a base increases with dilution.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

25. a. If you have phenolphthalein as an indicator, how will you test for acid and base? [2]
b. What will be the colour of a blue litmus paper on bringing it in contact with a drop of dil. NaOH?

26. Silver chloride kept in a china dish turns grey in sunlight. [3]

Page 4 of 16
 a. Write the colour of silver chloride when it was kept in the china dish.
b. Name the type of chemical reaction taking place and write the chemical equation for the reaction.
c. State one use of the reaction. Name one more chemical which can be used for the same purpose.

OR
On heating blue coloured powder of copper (II) nitrate in a boiling tube, copper oxide (black), oxygen gas and a
brown gas X is formed.
i. Write a balanced chemical equation of the reaction.
ii. Identify the brown gas X evolved.
iii. Identify the type of reaction.
iv. What could be the pH range of the aqueous solution of the gas X?
27. A cleaned aluminium foil was placed in an aqueous solution of zinc sulphate. When the aluminium foil was [3]
taken out of the zinc sulphate solution after 15 minutes, its surface was found to be coated with a silvery grey
deposit. From the given observation, what can be concluded?
28. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
In a balanced chemical reaction, equal number of atoms are present on both sides of reaction. A balanced
chemical reaction is based on law of conservation of mass which means that total mass of reactants and products
participating in a reaction must be equal. For example, a balanced chemical equation of burning of magnesium
in oxygen to form magnesium oxide is written as:
2Mg + O2 ⟶ 2MgO
The mass of reactants (2 × 24 + 32 = 80) is equal to the mass of products [2 × (24 + 16) = 80].
i. In a reaction, 35 g of reactant, PQ breaks down into 20 g of product, P and an unknown amount of product,
Q. Find the amount of product Q. (1)
ii. The solid mercury (II) oxide is heated, and liquid mercury and oxygen gas are produced. Mention balanced
chemical reaction. (1)
iii. Which laws are satisfied by a balanced chemical equation? (2)
OR
In the given chemical reaction, (2)
2C6H6(l) + 15O2(g) ⟶ mCO2(g) + nH2O(l)
Find the values of m and n respectively.

29. a. State any two reasons for carbon forming a large number of compounds. Why does carbon form compounds [5]

i. mainly by covalent bonding?

ii. having low melting and boiling points?
b. With the help of balanced chemical equations, explain what happens when
i. a piece of sodium is added to ethanol?
ii. ethanol burns in the presence of oxygen?
OR
i. It is observed that covalent compounds are bad conductors of electricity. Give reason.
ii. Carbon can neither form C4+ cation nor C4- anion. Why?
iii. Draw electron dot structure of Ethanol.
iv. Identify hetero atom(s) in the following compounds:

Page 5 of 16
 a. CH3CH2 − C − CH3
||
O

b. CH3CH2Cl

Section C
30. Which of the following statement is/are true? [1]
A. The speed of all colours is the same in air or vacuum.
B. The speed of all colours is different in denser media.

C. Speed of light in air is 3 × 108 ms-1.

D. Refractive index has no unit.

a)A and B b)B and D

c)All of these d)A, B and C

31. In the following diagram showing dispersion of white light by a glass prism, the colours P and Q respectively [1]
are-

a)Violet and Red b)Orange and Green

c)Red and Blue d)Red and Violet

32. Assertion (A): A neutral body may experience a net nonzero magnetic force. [1]
Reason (R): The net charge on a current-carrying wire is zero, but it can experience a force in a magnetic field.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

33. Write the conditions for observing a rainbow. Show, by drawing a suitable diagram, how one understands the [2]
formation of a rainbow?

34. a. Write the mathematical expression for Joule's law of heating. [2]
b. Compute the heat generated while transferring 96000 coulomb of charge in two hours through a potential
difference of 40 V.
OR
In the given circuit, find:
a. Total resistance of the network of resistors
b. Current through ammeter A, and
c. Potential difference across 3 Ω and 6 Ω resistors

Page 6 of 16
35. Find the direction of magnetic field due to a current carrying circular coil held: [3]
i. Vertically in North-South plane and an observer looking it from East sees the current to flow in anti-
clockwise direction.
ii. Vertically in East-West plane and an observer looking it from South sees the current to flow in anti-clockwise
direction.
iii. Horizontally and an observer looking at it from below and see the current flowing in clockwise direction.
36. A camera in many ways is similar to the human eye, still, there are some basic differences in image formation [3]
between the two. Explain.
37. a. Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar magnet. Mark the position of North Pole, South Pole [3]
and the places where the magnetic field is strongest.
b. Why do the magnetic field lines not intersect each other?
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
Study the following electric circuit in which the resistors are arranged in three arms A, B and C:

i. Find the equivalent resistance of arm B. (1)

ii. Calculate the equivalent resistance of the parallel combination of the arms B and C. (1)
iii. Determine the current that flows through the ammeter. (2)
OR
Determine the current that flows in the ammeter when the arm B is withdrawn from the circuit. (2)

39. i. Draw a ray diagram to show the path of the refracted ray in each of the following cases: [5]
A ray of light incident on a concave lens
1. parallel to its principal axis, and
2. is directed towards its principal focus.
ii. A 4 cm tall object is placed perpendicular to the principal axis of convex lens of focal length 24 cm. The
distance of object from the lens is 16 cm. Find the position and size of image formed.
OR
a. Define power of a lens and write its SI unit. Name the type of lens whose power is negative.

Page 7 of 16
b. A convex lens forms a real and inverted image of finite size at a distance of 50 cm from it. Where is the object
placed in front of the lens? Give all possible positions of the object stating reason in each case.
c. Draw labelled ray diagram for any one position of the object mentioned in (b) above.

Page 8 of 16
 Solution

Section A

1. (a) small intestine

Explanation:
The small intestine is the part of the gastrointestinal tract between the stomach and the large intestine where much of the
digestion of food takes place. The primary function of the small intestine is the absorption of nutrients and minerals found in
food.

2.
(b) In individuals of a given species, a specific gene is located on a particular chromosome.
Explanation:
In individuals of a given species, a specific gene is located on a particular chromosome.

3.
(c) (ii) and (iii)
Explanation:
(ii) and (iii)

4.
(d) (i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)
Explanation:
Thyroxin is secreted by the thyroid gland to regulate the metabolic rate and help control body temperature.
Insulin and glucagon are hormones that help regulate the levels of blood glucose in the body secreted by the pancreas.
The testes are the most essential organs of the male reproductive system. They are the glands where sperm and
testosterone are produced.
Estrogen is a female steroid hormone that is produced by the ovaries.

5.
(c) Sugarcane and rice
Explanation:
Sugarcane and rice

6.
(c) Valves ensure that the blood does not flow backwards.
Explanation:
i. The human circulatory system consists of many systems that are associated with each other.
ii. These systems are arteries, veins, heart, and vessels. There are further two types of vessels which are known as coronary
vessel and portal vessel.
iii. The human circulatory system regulates the flow of blood in the body.
iv. Blood flows from the heart to lungs and then back to heat in a cycle.

7. (a) Regular beating of heart

Explanation:
Regular beating of heart
8. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

Page 9 of 16
 9.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

10. a. Reproductive parts of bread mould (Rhizopus) - Sporangium

Non-reproductive parts of bread mould (Rhizopus) - Hyphae
b. Two advantages of vegetative propagation:
i. Helps in growing seedless plants.
ii. Helps in preservation of the characters of the parent plant.
11. i. Recycling of wastes.
ii. Reduction at source.
iii. Better management.
iv. Vermicomposting.
v. Use of eco-friendly products such as disposable paper cups in place of plastic cups.
OR
The above statement can be supported by two facts -
Recently, its been a trend to use disposable materials like cups, plates, spoons etc. in marriages and parties. These are
usually made up of non biodegradable substances like plastic and styrofoam which eventually result in polluting our
environment.
Another example is the use of disposable plastic cups in trains. These leads to generation of a lot of plastic waste.
However, they are being slowly replaced by paper cups to reduce the burden on the environment.
12. Diagram: Structure of a neuron

a. End of the dendritic tip

b. Axon
c. Nerve ending
13. a. All the plants in F1 progeny will be of green coloured stem.

b. Cross for F2 progeny is:

F2progeny-

G g

GGf (Green) Gf (Green)

gGf (Green) gg (Purple)

Phenotypic ratio = Green : Purple = 3 : 1

Page 10 of 16
 c. According to the finding above, purple stems are subordinate to green stems. Thus, according to the rule of dominance, only
the dominant characteristic was present in F1. Purple stem in F2 indicates that the alleles for purple stem were inherited but
were not expressed in F1, nevertheless. Only in F2 under homozygous circumstances did they get expressed.

14. a.

b. The absorption of digested food primarily occurs in the small intestine because of the following reasons:
The finger-like projection of mucosa into the lumen of the small intestine is called villi which in turn serves to increase
the surface area to facilitate maximum absorption of digested food.
The Wall of the small intestine is richly supplied with blood vessels that take the absorbed food to the different body
parts.
Large Surface Area: The small intestine has a highly folded surface covered with finger-like projections called villi
and microvilli. These structures greatly increase the surface area available for absorption. As a result, the small
intestine can efficiently absorb nutrients, such as carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins, and minerals, into the
bloodstream.
15. i. Plants with round and yellow coloured seeds.
ii. YYRR and yyrr
iii. Plant with wrinkled and green coloured seeds (S) (genotype rryy) is crossed with plant with wrinkled and yellow coloured
seeds (R) (genotype rrYY or rrYr). If plant with wrinkled and green coloured seeds (rryy) is crossed with plant having
wrinkled and yellow coloured seeds of genotype rrYY then all plants produced with wrinkled and yellow coloured seeds
whereas if plant with wrinkled and green coloured seeds (rryy) is crossed with plant having wrinkled and yellow coloured
seeds that has genotype rrYy then 50% plants with wrinkled and yellow coloured seeds and 50% plants with wrinkled and
green coloured seeds are produced.
OR
9 : 3 : 3 : 1 ratio of phenotypes only
The transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of the same flower or another flower on the same plant is known as
self-pollination.
16. a. Two bacterial infections:
i. Gonorrhoea
ii. Syphilis
Prevention: Using a covering called condom, for the penis, during sex helps in prevention of such infections.
b. i. By changing hormonal balance using contraceptive pills/oral pills.
ii. Contraceptive devices like loop or Copper - T.
iii. Surgical methods like blocking fallopian tubes or vas deferens.
c. i. The health of women will not be affected adversely if she adopts contraceptive measures.
ii. Maintain gap between two pregnancies/children.
iii. To prevent sexually transmitted diseases (STDs)
OR
a. Name of hormone Function Disease

Growth Hormone stimulates growth of organs Gigantism

Thyroxine regulates carbohydrates, proteins and fat metabolism Goitre

b. It is regulated by feed back mechanism. Hormones has to be released in appropriate amount

Example:
Rise in sugar level leads to more secretion of insulin from the pancreas

Page 11 of 16
 Fall in sugar level leads to less secretion of insulin
Return to Homeostasis: With decreased TRH and TSH stimulation, the thyroid gland reduces its production of T3
and T4, helping to maintain hormonal balance and return to homeostasis.
Section B
17.
(d) (ii) and (iv)
Explanation:
Any acid produces hydrogen ion (H+) which is present as hydronium ion (HO+3) because of combination with a water
molecule.

18. (a) Both the statements A and B are true.

Explanation:
All soaps are biodegradable i.e. they can be decomposed by micro-organisms like the bacteria. Branched-chain synthetic
detergents are far less degradable than unbranched detergents.
19.
(d) Copper carbonate
Explanation:
Copper carbonate

20. (a) (i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)
Explanation:
Copper is a good conductor of electricity and is used in electrical appliances.
Sodium is very reactive and is stored under kerosene.
Silver is tarnished by hydrogen sulphide. Tarnish is a thin layer of corrosion that forms over it.
Graphite is an allotrope of carbon and a good conductor of electricity. It is used for making carbon electrodes and
graphite electrodes in dry cells and electric arcs.

21. (a) Ductility

Explanation:
Ductility (a) Isomerism
22. Explanation:
Isomerism
(a) blue
Explanation:
23.
Turmeric is a natural indication that can help us determine if a given solution is acidic, basic, or neutral. If the pH is between
7.5 and 9.5, the turmeric paper turns reddish brown. As a result, the solution is straightforward. As a result, the Universal pH
indicator will display the colour Blue or a little darker blue. Violet will not be present because violet is only seen in strongly
alkaline bases.

24.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Ionization of an acid or a basic increases on dilution but concentration of H+ or OH- ions decreases per unit volume, thus
strength of the acid or the base decreases with dilution.

25. a. The Phenolphthalein in neutral solution is colourless. When it is added to a basic solution the colour changes to pink and it
remains colourless in acidic solution.
b. The colour of blue litmus paper will remain blue as a drop of dil. NaOH is a base and base will not change the color of blue
litmus paper.
26. a. White colour

Page 12 of 16
 b. The chemical reaction is as:
2AgCl(s) ⟶ 2Ag(s) + Cl2(g)
This is a decomposition chemical reaction.
c. One major application of decomposition reactions is in the extraction of metals from their ores. For example, zinc can be
obtained from calamine by subjecting it to a decomposition reaction. In a similar manner, sodium can be obtained from
sodium chloride (NaCl).
OR
Heat
i. 2Cu(NO3)2(s)⟶2CuO(s)+4NO2(g)+O2(g)
( Bl ack) (Brown)(X) Oxygen
Copper (II) nitrate

ii. Nitrogen dioxide is the brown gas(X).

iii. Thermal decomposition reaction
iv. pH < 7 because NO2 dissolves in water to form acidic solution (pH lies below 7).
27. Aluminium is more reactive than zinc hence it displaces zinc from zinc sulphate solution and forms silvery white zinc metal. The
reaction is as follows:
3ZnSO4(aq)+2Al(s)→Al2(SO4)3(aq) + 3Zn(s)
Zincsulphate Aluminium Aluminiumsulphate

28. i. PQ⟶P+Q
35g 20g+ ?

According to law of conservation of mass,

Mass of PQ = Mass of P + Mass of Q
∴Mass of Q = (35 - 20)g = 15 g
ii. 2 moles of mercury (II) oxide produce 2 moles of mercury and one mole of oxygen gas.
2HgO(s) ⟶ 2Hg(l) + O2(g)
iii. The law of conservation of mass is satisfied by a balanced chemical equation.
OR
12 and 6
29. a. property of carbon atom to combine with itself to form long chains is called catenation.
small size of carbon atom
i. It has 4 electrons in its outermost shell and needs to gain or lose 4 electrons to attain stable noble gas configuration. It
would require a large amount of energy to gain or lose 4 electrons. So carbon atom shares 4 electrons with other atoms of
carbon or with atoms of other elements to form covalent bonds.
ii. Due to weak intermolecular forces carbon compounds have low melting and boiling points.
b. 2Na + 2CH3CH2OH ⟶ 2CH3CH2ONa + H2
CH3CH2OH + 3O2 ⟶ 2CO2 + 3H2O
OR
i. The bonds which are formed by the sharing of an electron pair between two atoms are known as covalent bonds. Since the
electrons are shared between atoms and no charged particles are formed, such covalent compounds are generally poor
conductors of electricity.
ii. In the case of carbon, it has four electrons in its outermost shell and needs to gain or lose four electrons to attain noble gas
configuration. If it were to gain or lose electrons:
a. It could gain four electrons forming C4− anion. But it would be difficult for the nucleus with six protons to hold on to ten
electrons.
b. It could lose four electrons forming C4+ cation. But it would require a large amount of energy to remove four electrons
leaving behind a carbon cation with six protons in its nucleus holding on to just two electrons.
iii. Electron dot structure of ethanol is as follows:

iv.

v. Heteroatom in following compound is

a. Oxygen

Page 13 of 16
 b. Chlorine
Section C
30.
(c) All of these
Explanation:
All the given statements are correct.
The speed of all colours is the same in air or vacuum i.e. 3 × 108 ms-1. But the speed of all colours is different in a
denser medium.
The refractive index has no unit since it is a ratio. The absolute refractive index of a medium (nm) is given by
nm =cv where c is the speed of light in air, and v is the speed of light in the medium.

31. (a) Violet and Red

Explanation:
The splitting of white light into its constituent colours is known as light dispersion. The spectrum is the band of seven colours
produced by splitting white light. All of the constituent colours of white light have the same velocity in vacuum, but their
velocity changes when they pass through a transparent 'medium' like a glass prism. Different colours are diverted by different
angles on the prism's initial face. Violet's minimum speed is deviated by the maximum angle, whereas red's maximum speed is
distorted by the minimum angle. As a result, the letters 'P' and 'Q' are violet and crimson, respectively.
32. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
33. The conditions for observing a rainbow are:
i. The sun comes out after a rainfall.
ii. The observer stands with the sun towards His/her back.
Formation of a rainbow :
The rays of light reach the observer through a refraction, followed by a reflection and a refraction. Figure shows red light, from
drop 1 and violet light from drop 2, reaching the observer's eye.

34. a. The mathematical expression of the Joules Law of heating is: H = I2 Rt

Here, H is a heating effect, I is the current flowing through the device and t is the time taken.
b. Given:
Amount of charge transferred = 96000 C
Time taken = 2hrs = 2 × 60 × 60 sec = 7200 sec
Potential difference = 40 V
Heat generated = V × I × t
and we know that; I = Q t
So, H = VQ
= 40 × 96000
= 3.84 × 106 J
OR
a. X1 = 3 Ω; X2 = 3 Ω
1 1 1 2 1
x2 = + = = 3
6 6 6
Total resistance R = X1+X2 = 3 Ω + 3 Ω = 6 Ω

Page 14 of 16
 V 6V
b. Current through ammeter A, I= R
= 6Ω
=1A
c. Potential difference across 3 Ω = 1A × 3 Ω = 3 V
1
Potential difference across 6Ω= A×6Ω
2 =3V
35. i. When the coil is kept vertically in North-South plane and the current is flowing in the anti-clockwise direction through the
loop, then the magnetic field is in the East-West direction.
ii. When the coil is kept vertically in East-West plane and current through the coil is in the anti-clockwise direction, then the
magnetic field is in the South-North direction.
iii. In this case, the direction of the field for the observer positioned below the coil is in the downward direction.
36. A camera in many ways is similar to the human eye as both eye and camera has convex lens. But, there are some basic differences
in image formation between the two as follows:
i. In camera, the distance between the lens and the screen can be adjusted but not the focal length of the lens. However, in eye,
the ciliary muscles adjust the focal length keeping the distance between the lens and the retina constant.
ii. The image formed on the retina is temporary and its impression is recorded in the brain as memory. However, the image
formed on the film of camera is a permanent record.
37. a.

the poles are mentioned in the given figure and the magnetic field will be stronger at the end of the pole.
b. If magnetic field lines intersect each other, then at the intersection point there will be two directions of the same field which is
not possible. Hence the field lines do not cross or intersect each other.
38. i. Since the resistance in arm B are connected in series.
So, RB = 5Ω + 10Ω + 15Ω
RB = 30Ω
ii. Total resistance in arm C
RC = 10Ω + 20Ω + 30Ω
RC = 60Ω
Now as arm B and arm C are in parallel
Equivalent resistance 1=1+1
R RB RC
2+1
1
= 60 = 3
R 60
Ω
R = 20
iii. Total resistance in arm A
RA = 5Ω + 15Ω + 20Ω
RA = 40Ω
Now, Equivalent resistance of circuit
Req = Req + R
Req = 40 + 20 = 60Ω
By ohm's law
V = IR
I=V=6 = 0.1 A
R 60
OR
If arm B is removed
Equivalent resistance in circuit
Req = RA + RC
Req = 40 + 60 = 100Ω
From ohm's law

Page 15 of 16
 V = IR
V 6
I= R
= 100 = 0.06 A

39. i. 1.

2.

ii. Given u = -16 cm, f = +24 cm, h = 4 cm

Formula used 1 − 1 = 1
v u f

∴ 1 1 1
v − (−16) = +24
1= −1
v 48
v = -48cm
Imageisformed on the same side as the object
′
m= h
h
= vu
h′
−4
4 = 8
h' = 12−1
6
cm
OR
a. Power of a lens is the Ability of a lens to diverge or converge light rays and SI unit of Power – diopter (D).
Type of lens whose power is negative is Concave lens.
b. Position of object:
i. Beyond 2F1
ii. At 2 F1
iii. Between 2F1 and F1
c. Labelled ray diagram -

Page 16 of 16
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 05

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. Anaerobic process [1]

a)takes place in yeast during fermentation b)produces only energy in the muscles of
human beings

c)takes place in the presence of oxygen d)produces ethanol, oxygen, and energy
2. A cross between two tall pea plants resulted in offsprings having a few dwarf plants. The gene-combination of [1]
the parental plants must be

a)Tt and Tt b)Tt and tt

c)TT and tt d)TT and Tt

3. Match the following with correct response. [1]

Column A Column B

(i) The largest part of the brain (a) Cranial meninges

(ii) The protective covering of the brain (b) Spinal cord

(iii) Forebrain (c) Olfactory lobe

(iv) Cerebellum (d) Cerebrum

a)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) b)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)

c)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) d)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
4. In a nerve cell, the site where the electrical impulse is converted into a chemical signal is known as: [1]

a)Neuromuscular junction b)Dendrites

c)Axon d)Cell body

5. How much of the net primary productivity of a terrestrial ecosystem is eaten and digested by herbivores? [1]

a) 0.1% b) 100%

Page 1 of 15
 c) 10% d) 1%
6. In the excretory system of human beings, some substances in the initial filtrate such as glucose, amino acids, [1]
salts and water are selectively reabsorbed in

a) Nephron b) Ureter

c)Urethra d)Urinary bladder

7. In an ecosystem, the 10% of energy available for transfer from one trophic level to the next trophic level is in[1]
the
form of:

a)Chemical energy b)Heat energy

c)Mechanical energy. d)Light energy

8. Consider the following three flowers namely X, Y and Z. Which flower(s) would develop into a fruit? [1]

a)X and Y only b)X only

c)Y and Z d)Z only

9. Assertion (A): Genes inherited from the parents decide the sex of a child. [1]
Reason (R): X chromosome in a male child is inherited from his father.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

10. a. What happens when in a human female the egg released by the ovary is not fertilized? [2]
b. Name one bacterial and one viral infection caused due to unsafe sex.

11. a. What is meant by garbage? List two classes into which garbage is classified. [2]
b. What do we actually mean when we say that the enzymes are specific in their action?

OR
Kulhads (disposable cups made of clay) and disposable paper cups both are used as an alternative for disposable
plastic cups. Which one of these two can be considered as a better alternative to plastic cups and why?
12. In the given diagram [2]
i. Name the parts labelled A, B, and C.
ii. Write the functions of A and C.

Page 2 of 15
 iii. Reflex arcs have evolved in animals? Why?

13. Mendel, in one of his experiments with pea plants, crossed a variety of pea plant having round seeds with one [3]
having wrinkled seeds. State Mendel’s observations giving reasons of F1 and F2 progeny of this cross. Also, list
any two contrasting characters, other than round seeds of pea plants that Mendel used in his experiments.
14. The process of spore formation takes place in many simple multicellular organisms. Name the [3]
i. organism using this process to reproduce, and
ii. reproductive and non-reproductive parts of such organisms. List two benefits to an organism that reproduces
through spores.
15. In each of the following situations what happens to the rate of photosynthesis? [4]
i. Cloudy days
ii. No rainfall in the area
iii. Good manuring in the area
iv. Stomata get blocked due to dust

16. i. Explain by giving one example each: [5]

a. Unisexual flowers
b. Bisexual flowers
ii. Name the labelled parts A, B, C and D in the diagram given below.

iii. Pollination may occur without fertilisation but fertilisation will not take place without pollination. Give
reason to justify this statement.
OR
i. Distinguish between hormonal co-ordination in plants and animals.
ii. Which part of the brain is responsible for -
1. intelligence
2. riding a bicycle
3. vomiting

Page 3 of 15
 4. controlling hunger
iii. How is brain and spinal-cord protected against mechanical injuries?
Section B
17. Which of the following statements are correct abount an aqueous solution of an acid and of a base? [1]
A. higher the pH, stronger the acid
B. higher the pH, weaker the acid
C. Lower the pH, Stronger the base
D. Lower the pH, weaker the base

a)All of these b)A and D

c)B and C d)A and C

18. Which of the given statement is correct or wrong: [1]
Statement A: Ethane decolorizes bromine water whereas ethyne does not.
Statement B: Mixture of water and alcohol is used in radiators of vehicles in cold countries.

a)Both - Statement A and Statement B - are b)Statement A is true; Statement B is false.

false.

c)Statement B is true; Statement A is false. d)Both - Statement A and Statement B - are

true.
19. The metal which melts when kept on the palm is: [1]

a) Sodium b) Potassium

c) Lithium d) Gallium
20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

(i) The bond which holds cations and anions (a) Ionic

(ii) Self linking property of carbon (b) Pyridine

(iii) Denatured alcohol (c) Catenation

(iv) Synthetic detergents (d) Non-biodegradable

a)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) b)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

c)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) d)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)
21. Aluminum is used for making cooking utensils. Which of the following properties of aluminum are responsible [1]
for the same?

i. Good thermal conductivity

ii. Good electrical conductivity

Page 4 of 15
 iii. Ductility
iv. High melting point

a)(i) and (ii) b)(ii) and (iii)

c)(i) and (iii) d)(i) and (iv)

22. Carbon compounds: [1]
i. are good conductors of electricity.
ii. are bad conductors of electricity.
iii. have strong forces of attraction between their molecules.
iv. have weak forces of attraction between their molecules.
The correct statements are:

a)(i) and (ii) b)(ii) and (iii)

c)(ii) and (iv) d)(i) and (iii)

23. Juice of tamarind turns blue litmus to red. It is because of the presence of an acid called: [1]

a)methanoic acid b)oxalic acid

c)tartaric acid d)acetic acid

24. Which one of the following elements symbolized as A and B is a metal: 23A,40
11 20B?
[1]

a)B is metal b)Neither A nor B is a metal

c)A is metal d)Both A and B are metals

25. When a piece of limestone reacts with dilute HCl, a gas X is produced. When gas X is passed through lime water [2]
then a white precipitate Y is formed. On passing excess of gas X, the white precipitate dissolves forming a
soluble compound Z.

a. What are X, Y and Z?

b. Write equations for the reactions which take place :
i. When limestone reacts with dilute HCl.
ii. When gas X reacts with lime water to form white precipitate Y.
26. What is a displacement reaction? Write balanced chemical equation for a displacement reaction in which iron is [3]
a reactant. Name one more element whose behaviour is similar to that of iron in such reactions. Why will this
kind of behaviour not be shown by gold?
OR
Identify the type of reaction in the following

a. ZnCO3 + 2HCl(aq) ⟶ ZnCl2(aq) + H2CO3(aq)

b. 2NaBr(aq) + Cl2(g) ⟶ 2NaCl(aq) + Br2(aq)
heat
c. 2CuO(s) −−→ 2Cu(s) + O2(g)

27. i. Which types of metals can be obtained in their pure form by just heating their oxides in air? Give one [3]
example.
ii. Consider the reaction given below used to obtain Manganese metal in pure form:
3MnO2(s) + 4Al(s) ⟶ 3Mn(l) + 2Al2O3(s) + Heat
a. What type of reaction is it?

Page 5 of 15
 b. What is the role of aluminium in this reaction?
28. Read the following: [4]
H H H H H H

≡C−C−H, H−C−Br, H−C−C−OH, H−C−C−H,H−C≡C−H

| | | | | |
H−C ,
| | | | | |
H H H H H H
(P) (Q)
(R) (S) (T)

i. Which of the compounds P, Q, R, S, T, U belong to same homologous series? (1)

ii. Write the name of compound R. Also write the functional group present in it. (1)
iii. What is the IUPAC name of compound T and U (2)
OR
What are unsaturated hydrocarbons? Which of the compounds P, Q, R, S, T , U are example of unsaturated
hydrocarbons? (2)
OR
Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow:
A series of organic compounds having the same functional group, with similar or almost identical chemical
characteristics in which all the members can be represented by the same general formula and the two consecutive
members of the series differ by —CH2, group or 14 mass unit in their molecular formulae is called a homologous
series. For example, all the members of the alcohol family can be represented by the general formula, CnH2n+1OH
where, n may have the values 1, 2, 3, ... etc. The various members of a particular homologous series are called
homologues. The physical properties such as density, melting point, boiling point, solubility, etc. of the members of a
homologous series show almost regular variation in ascending or descending the series.

i. Write two characteristics of homologous series. (1)

ii. What are the fourth and fifth members of the alcohol homologous series? Write their name with the formula. (1)
iii. Draw structure of Butanol. (2)
OR
What is heteroatom? (2)

29. i. Five solutions A, B, C, D and E when tested with pH paper showed pH as 4, 1, 13, 7 and 10 respectively. [5]
Which solution is:
(1) Strongly acidic (2) Strongly alkaline (3) Weakly acidic (4) Neutral and (5) Weakly alkaline? Arrange the
solutions in increasing order of H+ion concentration.
ii. Write the name and formula of (1) an acidic salt and (2) a basic salt giving the name of the parent acid and
parent base used to form the salt in each case.
OR
Write the main difference between an acid and a base. With the help of suitable examples explain the term
neutralization and the formation of -
i. acidic,
ii. basic and
iii. neutral salts.
Section C
30. ∠
Study the following figure in which a student has marked the angle of incidence ( i), angle of refraction ( [1]
r), ∠
angle of emergence ( ∠e), angle of prism (∠A) and the angle of deviation (∠D). The correctly marked angles

Page 6 of 15
 are:

a) ∠A, ∠i and ∠D b) ∠A, ∠i and ∠r

c) ∠A, ∠i,∠ r and ∠D d) ∠A and ∠i
31. Which of the following statement is incorrect? [1]
A. A ray of light passing from an optically rarer medium to an optically denser medium bends away from the
normal.
B. A ray of light passing from an optically denser medium to an optically rarer medium bends away from the
normal.
C. A ray of light passing from an optically rarer medium to an optically denser medium bends toward the
normal.
D. A ray light passing from an optically denser medium to an optically rarer medium bends towards the normal.

a)A, B and D b)B and C

c)A and C d)A and D

32. Assertion (A): Force experienced by moving charge will be maximum if direction of velocity of charge is [1]
perpendicular to applied magnetic field.
Reason (R): Force on moving charge is independent of direction of the applied magnetic field.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

33. State Snell’s law of refraction of light. Write an expression for the absolute refractive index of a medium in [2]
terms of speed of light.
34. Calculate the equivalent resistance of the following electric circuit: [2]

OR
a. Write the mathematical expression for Joule's law of heating.
b. Compute the heat generated while transferring 96000 coulomb of charge in two hours through a potential
difference of 40 V.
35. What are the common defects of vision that can be corrected by the use of suitable eyeglasses or spectacles? [3]
36. Study the following circuit and answer the questions that follows: [3]

Page 7 of 15
 i. How much current is flowing through
a. 10Ω and
b. 15Ω resistor?
ii. What is the ammeter reading?

37. a. Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines produced by a current carrying circular loop showing the direction [3]
of current in the loop and the direction of the magnetic field lines.
b. State the rule which can be applied to know the direction of magnetic field lines in the above case.
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
In 1827, a German physicist Georg Simon Ohm (1787-1854) found out the relationship between the current I,
flowing in metallic wire and the potential difference across its terminals. He stated that the electric current
flowing through a metallic wire is directly proportional to the potential difference V, across its ends provided its
temperature remains the same.
The resistance of a circuit is defined as the ratio between the voltage applied to the current flowing through it.
Rearranging the above relation,
V
R= I
Electriccharge flows easily through some materials than others. The electrical resistance measures how much
the flowof this electric charge is restricted within the circuit.

i. What is the unit of electrical resistance? (1)

ii. Define Ohm's law. (1)
iii. From graph which resistance have high resistance? (2)
OR
What does the slope of V-I graph at any point represent? (2)
39. An object 6 cm in size is placed at 50 cm in front of a convex lens of focal length 30 cm. At what distance from [5]
the lens should a screen be placed in order to obtain a sharp image of the object? Find the nature and size of the
image. Also draw labelled ray diagram to show the image formation in this case.
OR
i. A person suffering from myopia (near-sightedness) was advised to wear the corrective lens of power -2.5 D. A
spherical lens of the same focal length was taken in the laboratory. At what distance should a student place an
object from this lens so that it forms an image at a distance of 10 cm from the lens?
ii. Draw a ray diagram to show the position and nature of the image formed in the above case.

Page 8 of 15
 Solution
Section A

1. (a) takes place in yeast during fermentation

Explanation:
takes place in yeast during fermentation
2. (a) Tt and Tt
Explanation:
Tt and Tt

3.
(d) (i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
Explanation:
The cerebrum is the largest part of the brain, located superiorly and anteriorly in relation to the brainstem.
The primary function of Cranial meninges is to protect the nervous system. It is a three-layer protective tissue that
surrounds the neuraxis.
Olfactory lobe Either member of a pair of lobes in the forebrain.
At the anterior end of the cerebrum; the part of the brain at the back of the skull in vertebrates, which coordinates and
regulates muscular activity.

4. (a) Neuromuscular junction

Explanation:
In a nerve cell, the site where the electrical impulse is converted into a chemical signal is known as Neuromuscular junction.
5.
(c) 10%
Explanation:
10%

6. (a) Nephron Explanation: Nephron

(a) Chemical energy
Explanation:
7. The autotrophs capture the energy present in sunlight and convert it into chemical energy. Therefore, the energy available for
transfer from one trophic level to the next trophic level in an ecosystem is in the form of chemical energy. When one form of
energy is changed to another, some energy is lost.
(a) X and Y only
Explanation: A flower's ovary develops into the flower's fruit. Because Flowers X and Y both contain ovaries, they can both
8. develop into fruit.

9.
(c) A is true but R is false.
Explanation:
X chromosomes in the child is inherited from mother and may be inherited by father also.

10. a. If the egg is not fertilized it leads to menstruation.

b. Bacterial infection - Syphilis and Chlamydia
Viral infection - AIDS and Hepatitis.

Page 9 of 15
11. a. The household waste or rubbish produced in our day-to-day life is called garbage. For example, spoilt food, vegetable peels,
leaves, wood, grass, paper, plastic, etc.
Garbage is classified into the following two types:
i. Biodegradable garbage - Garbage that can be decomposed naturally. Examples - vegetable peels, leaves, paper, etc.
ii. Non-Biodegradable garbage - Garbage that cannot be decomposed naturally. Examples - metal, plastics, etc.
b. Catalyst , Enzymes are biological molecules, usually proteins, that catalyze chemical reactions by lowering the activation
energy required for the reaction to occur. Each enzyme is designed to catalyze a specific chemical reaction, and it does so by
recognizing and binding to a specific substrate or group of substrates.
OR
Use of Plastic cups raised the concern towards hygiene thus they were replaced by disposable plastic cups.
Plastic cups are non-biodegradable and harm the environment friendly. They were thus replaced by Kulhads.
Making Kulhad made of clay on a large scale resulted in the loss of top fertile soil.
Now, disposable paper cups are used because - the paper can be recycled, it is biodegradable and is eco-friendly material which
does not cause environmental pollution.
12. i. A - Sensory neuron or Nerve, B - Relay neuron or Interneuron, C - Effector
ii. The functions of A and C are:
A: The sensory neuron conducts the nerve impulses towards the Central Nervous System (CNS). The CNS is comprised of the
brain and the spinal cord.
C: The effector organ shows response by contracting or secreting a product.
iii. Animals have evolved reflex arcs because the brain's reasoning process is too slow for them. Reflex arcs have probably
developed as an efficient means of surviving in the absence of actual cognitive processes. However, reflex arcs continue to be
more effective for fast responses even after the development of complex neuron networks.
13. i. In first generation progeny (F1 progeny) all plants with round seeds.
ii. In second generation progeny (F2 progeny) all plants with round and wrinkled seeds.
iii. (i) Tall and drawrf plants.
(ii) Yellow and green seeds.
(iii) White and purple flowers.
14. i. Rhizopus
ii. a. Reproductive part - sporangia
b. Non reproductive part - Hyphae
Large number of spores are formed
survive in unfavourable conditions
15. i. Cloudy days: The rate of photosynthesis during cloudy days decreases due to less light intensity of light which is one of the
essential element for it.
ii. No rainfall in the area: The rate of photosynthesis decreases in no rainfall area as water is one of the main raw material
needed by plants for photosynthesis. Water also brings other nutrients along with it. If there is no rainfall in an area, there will
be less water available to plants resulting in the decrease of photosynthesis process
iii. Good manuring in the area: The rate of photosynthesis will increase because plants need raw minerals such as N, P, Fe, Mg
etc., for performing the various functions as well as for their growth. They take these minerals from the soil along with the
water in dissolved form so Good manuring in the area increase the amount of these minerals in the soil and also help them to
provide micro as well as macro nutrients thus, increasing the rate of photosynthesis.
iv. Stomata get blocked due to dust: Blockage of stomata will reduce the rate of photosynthesis because blockage will affect
availability pf Carbon-di-oxide.
16. i. Unisexual flowers have either stamens or carpels but not both.
Eg - Papaya and watermelon
Bisexual flowers have both stamens and carpels. Here are some examples of each: eg - Hibiscus and mustard
ii. A - Pollen grain
B - Stigma
C - Pollen tube
D - Female germ cell
iii. Pollination may occur without fertilization but fertilization will not take place without pollination because pollination does not
depend on fertilization but fertilization cannot take place without pollination because for fertilization to occur, it requires both

Page 10 of 15
 male and female gametes.
OR

i. Hormonal coordination in Plants Hormonal coordination in Animals

1) By simple diffusion Transported through blood to the target organ.

2) No specialised glands involved. Hormone released by Endocrine glands.

ii. 1. Cerebrum/forebrain
2. Cerebellum/hindbrain
3. Medulla/hindbrain
4. Hypothalamus/forebrain.
iii. Brain is protected I - Bony box/skull/cranium/fluid filled balloon in skull,
Spinal cord is protected in - Backbone/Vertebral column.
Section B
17.
(b) A and D
Explanation:
Both (A) and (D) are correct. Higher the pH, stronger is the base. Basicity of a solution increases from pH value 8 to14.
Lower the pH, higher is the acidity. Acidity of a solution increases from 6 to 0.

18.
(c) Statement B is true; Statement A is false.
Explanation:
The bromine water test is a test for unsaturated hydrocarbons. Ethane undergoes addition reaction and decolorizes
bromine water. Similarly, ethyne also decolorizes bromine water.
The mixture of water and alcohol is used in radiators of vehicles in cold countries. Alcohol is used for antifreeze
mixture. Antifreeze is an additive that lowers the freezing point of a water-based liquid.

19.
(d) Gallium
Explanation:
Gallium

20. (a) (i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)
Explanation:
Ionic bonds are formed between cations and anions.
Catenation is the linkage of atoms of the same element into longer chains. Catenation occurs most readily in carbon.
Pyridine is added to alcohol to make it unsuitable for drinking.
Most of the synthetic detergents are non-biodegradable. They cannot be decomposed by micro-organisms like bacteria.
21.
(d) (i) and (iv)
Explanation:
Aluminium has good thermal conductivity and high melting point. These properties are useful in the making of utensils. The
commonly used metals in making utensils are copper, steel (an alloy of iron) and aluminium.
Copper and aluminium are the most preferred due to their conduction of heat.

22.
(c) (ii) and (iv)
Explanation:
(ii) and (iv)
Carbon compounds is that they are poor conductors of electricity and do not have strong forces of attraction between their
molecules.

Page 11 of 15
23.
(c) tartaric acid
Explanation:
Juice of tamarind turns blue litmus to red. It is because of the presence of an acid called tartaric acid.

24.
(d) Both A and B are metals
Explanation:
A is Sodium (Atomic number 11) and B is Calcium (Atomic number 20). Both are metals.

25. a. Compound X is Carbon Dioxide (CO2); Compound Y is Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3); Compound Z is Calcium Hydrogen
Carbonate [Ca(HCO3)2 ] .

b. i. CaCO3(s) + 2 HCl (l) → CaCl2 (aq) + H2O (l) + CO2(g)

ii. Ca(OH)2 (aq) + CO2(g) → CaCO3(s) + H2O(l)

26. Displacement reaction is a type of reaction in which a more reactive element displaces another less reactive element. The
reactivity series of metals can be used to find out the displacement reaction.
Chemical equation for a displacement reaction in which Iron is a reactant:
Fe + CuSO4 → FeSO4 + Cu
One more element whose behaviour is similar to that of iron in such reaction is Zn.
Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2↑
This is not shown by Gold as it is the least reactive element.
OR
a. Double decomposition reaction [An exchange of ions took place]
b. Displacement reaction [A more reactive non-metal displaces a less reactive non-metal from its salt solution.]
c. Decomposition reaction/Reduction reaction [A compound decomposes to form two or more products./CuO is reduced to Cu.]
27. i. Metals low in activity series can be reduced to pure metals just by heating their oxides in presence of air, example mercury
(Hg):
Heat
2 Hg O (s) −−→2Hg(l)+O2(g)
Mercurous oxide M er cur y

ii. a. The given reaction is a displacement reaction.

b. Aluminium is more reactive than manganese used as a reducing agent, as Al is capable of replacing Mn from MnO2.
28. i. P and T belongs to same homologous series i.e. alkynes
ii. The name of Compound R is Ethanol. The functional group present in it is Alcohol (-OH).
iii. The IUPAC name of compound T is Ethyne whereas of U is Ethane
OR
A hydrocarbon in which two carbons are connected by double or triple bond is called unsaturated hydrocarbon.
P, T, U are examples of unsaturated hydrocarbons.
OR
i. 1. All the members of a homologous series can be represented by same general formula.
2. All the members of homologous series show similar chemical properties.
ii. Fourth member is butanol C4H9OH.
Fifth member is pentanol C5H11OH

iii.

OR
An organic compound having atom other than carbon and hydrogen is called hetroatom.

Page 12 of 15
29. i. 1. Strongly acidic -Solution B
2. Strongly alkaline - Solution C
3. Weakly acidic- Solution A
4. Neutral - Solution D
5. Weakly alkaline- Solution E
Increasing Order of H+ ion concentration :– C < E < D < A < B
ii. 1. Acidic salt: Ammonium chloride; NH4Cl
Parent Acid- Hydrochloric acid /HCl
Parent Base- Ammonium hydroxide/(NH4OH)
2. Basic salt: Sodium Carbonate; Na2CO3
Parent Acid- Carbonic acid/H2CO3
Parent Base- Sodium hydroxide/NaOH
OR
Acid Base

An acid produces H+ ions in aqueous solution A base produces OH- ions in aqueous solution.

Acids are sour in taste. Bases are bitter in taste

Acids change the colour of blue litmus to red. Bases change the colour of red litmus to blue.
Neutralization - A reaction of an acid with a base to produce salt and water.
i. Acidic - When strong acid reacts with a weak base, acidic salt is formed.
NaOH + HCl → NaCl + H2O
ii. Basic - When a weak acid reacts with a strong base, basic salt is formed.
NaOH + H2CO3 → Na2CO3 + H2O
iii. Neutral - When strong acid reacts with a strong base or weak acid react with a weak base, the neutral salt is formed.
KOH + HNO3 → KNO3 + H2O
Section C
30.
∠
(d) A and i ∠
Explanation:

∠ A and i∠
31.
(b) B and C
Explanation:
A ray of light passing from an optically denser medium to an optically rarer medium bends away from the normal, and a ray of
light passing from an optically rarer medium to an optically denser medium bends toward the normal.

32.
(c) A is true but R is false.
Explanation:
From equation F = qvB sinθ
Force on moving charge will be maximum if the direction of the velocity of charge is perpendicular to direction of magnetic
field (when θ = 90o)

33. Statement of Snell’s Law: The ratio of sine of angle of incidence to the sine of angle of refraction is a constant, for the
light of a given colour and for the given pair of media.
If i is the angle of incidence and r is the angle of refraction, then.
si i
n r
= constant
si Speed of Light in vacuum
Absolute
n Refractive Index of a medium =
Speed of Light in the medium

Page 13 of 15
34. RS = R3 + R4 = 10+10 = 20 Ω
1 = 1 + 1
RP R2 RS
1 1 1
= 20+ 20=
10
Ω
Rp = 10 Ω
Total equivalent resistance = R = R1 + RP + R5
= R = 20 + 10 + 10 = 40 Ω
OR
a. The mathematical expression of the Joules Law of heating is: H = I2 Rt
Here, H is a heating effect, I is the current flowing through the device and t is the time taken.
b. Given:
Amount of charge transferred = 96000 C
Time taken = 2hrs = 2 × 60 × 60 sec = 7200 sec
Potential difference = 40 V
Heat generated = V × I × t
and we know that; I = Q t
So, H = VQ
= 40 × 96000
= 3.84 × 106 J
35. There are mainly four common defect of vision that can be corrected by the use of suitable eyeglasses or spectacles. There are
i. Myopia or near-sightedness,
ii. Hypermetropia or far-sightedness,
iii. Presbyopia, and
iv. Astigmatism
36. Given,

i. Current through
a. 10Ω resistor, 1I = V=3 = 0.3A
R 10
b. 15Ω
resistor, I = V = 3
= 0.2A
2 R

ii. Current flowing through the15circuit= 0.3 + 0.2 = 0.5A

Thus, the ammeter reading is 0.5 A.
37. a.

b. Right Hand Thumb Rule:- When a current carrying straight conductor is held in the right hand in such a way that the thumb
points towards the direction of the current, then the fingers will wrap around the conductor in the direction of the field lines of
the magnetic field
38. i. Ohm is the unit of electrical resistance.
ii. According to Ohm’s law, there is a relation between the current flowing through a conductor and the potential difference
across it. It is given by,

Page 14 of 15
 V ∝
I V = IR
iii. R3 resistance has high resistance.
OR
The slope of V-I graph at any point represents resistance.
39. Given,
f = 30cm
u = - 50 cm
h = 6cm
Lens formula
11 1
v = − u
1f 1
f = + u
1
1 1
v = 30− 50
v1=+75 cm
v hi
mv = u=
h

75 h1
6−50 =
hi = -9cm The imageformed is real, increased and
enlarged.

OR
i. Given:
distanceofimagefromthe lens, i = 10 cm
powerofthelens,P=-25 D
Nowthefocusofthelens:
P
f
=1
where:
f = focallength
1
−25= f

f = -0.04m=-4cm
From theequationoflens:
1 1 1
f
= i
+ o
where:
o = distance oftheobject
− 1
+ 11 = 10
o 4
20
ρ=− 7 cm [Link] sign means that the image formed is on the same side as that of the object.
ii.

Page 15 of 15
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 06

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. The process in which loss of water in the form of vapours from the aerial parts of plants takes place is X, which [1]
helps in Y. Here X and Y respectively are:

a)transpiration and photosynthesis. b)translocation and absorption of water and

minerals from soil by roots.

c)translocation and movement of soluble d)transpiration and temperature regulation.

products of photosynthesis in phloem.
2. A zygote is formed by the fusion of a male gamete and a female gamete. The number of chromosomes in the [1]
zygote of a human is

a) 23 b) 92

c) 46 d) 44
3. Match the following with correct response. [1]

Column A Column B

(i) The master gland (a) Control cell division and cell growth

(ii) Cytokinin (b) Regulates metabolism

(iii) Insulin (c) Reduces blood sugar

(iv) Thyroxine (d) Pituitary gland

a)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b) b)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)

c)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) d)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)
4. In plants the role of cytokinin is: [1]

a)Promote the opening of stomatal pore. b)Help in the growth of stem.

c)Wilting of leaves. d)Promote cell division.

5. A food chain will be more advantageous in terms of energy if it has [1]

Page 1 of 14
 a)3 trophic levels b)2 trophic levels

c)5 trophic levels d)4 trophic levels

6. One of the events that does not occur during photosynthesis is: [1]

a)Chlorophyll absorbs solar energy. b)Carbon dioxide is released during the

process.

c)Carbon dioxide is absorbed during the d)Oxygen is released during the process.
process.
7. Identify the food chain in which the organisms of the second trophic level are missing: [1]

a)Tiger, grass, snake, frog b)Grasshopper, grass, snake, frog, eagle

c)Grass, goat, lion d)Zooplankton, Phytoplankton, small fish,

large fish
8. Choose the correct order of the stages of binary fission in Leishmania. [1]

a)I, III, V, II, IV b)I, III, II, V, IV

c)I, II, III, V, IV d)I, II, III, IV, V

9. Assertion (A): Sex of the children will be determined by what they inherit from their mother. [1]
Reason (R): Women have XX sex chromosomes.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

10. Identify the following diagram and name the parts marked as A, B and C [2]

11. a. Write the percentage of (i) solar energy captured by the autotrophs and (ii) energy transferred from [2]
autotrophs to the next level in a food chain.
b. What are trophic levels? Why do different food chains in an ecosystem not have more than four to five
trophic levels? Give reason.
OR
How do harmful chemicals get accumulated progressively at each trophic level in a food chain?
12. Why is the use of iodised salt advisable? [2]
13. a. Name the two types of gametes produced by men. [3]

b. Does a male child inherit X chromosome from his father? Justify.

c. How many types of gametes are produced by a human female?

Page 2 of 14
14. What is placenta? Describe its role during pregnancy. [3]
15. Study the fig (a) and (b). What difference you observe in the figure (b)? Give a justified reason for your answer. [4]

16. i. Use of a condom is beneficial for both the sexes involved in a sexual act. Justify this statement giving two [5]
reasons.
ii. How do oral contraceptive help in avoiding pregnancies?
iii. What is sex selective abortion? How does it affect a healthy society? (State any one consequence)
OR
i. What are tropic movements? Give an example of a plant hormone which (1) inhibits growth and (2) promotes cell
division.
ii. Explain directional movement of a tendril in pea plant in response to touch. Name the hormone responsible for
this movement.
Section B
17. Which one of the following statements is not correct? [1]

a)Some of the metals react with acids to give b)Generally, all metal carbonates react with
salt and hydrogen gas. acids to give salt, water and carbon dioxide.

c)All metal oxides react with water to give d)Some non-metal oxides react with water to
salt and hydrogen gas. form acids.
18. Which of the given statement is true or false: [1]
Statement A: Valeric acid is the common name of hexane.
Statement B: Glycerol is added in the manufacturing of soap.

a)Statement B is true and statement A is false b)Neither statement A nor statement B is false

c)Both the statements A and B are false d)Statement A is true and statement B is false
19. The metals which are found in both free state as well as combined state are: [1]

a)Gold and silver b)Gold and platinum

c)Platinum and silver d)Copper and silver

20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Welding (a) Ethyl alcohol

(ii) Fuel in a spirit lamp (b) Ester

(iii) Lime water turns milky (c) Carbon dioxide

(iv) Fruity smell (d) Ethyne and oxygen

a)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) b)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)

c)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) d)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

Page 3 of 14
21. Take three boiling tubes A, B and C. Pour some water in test tube A Put iron nails in it and cork it. Pour boiled [1]
distilled water in another test tube B and put iron nails in it. Add 1 ml of oil over it such that oil floats over it and
prevents the air from entering. Take some iron nails in test tube C and put some anhydrous calcium chloride in it
and cork it.
Leave all the three test tubes for one day and then observe.

In which test tube nail is rusted?

a)Tube A b)Tube B and C

c)Tube A and C d)Tube B

22. You want to test for hardness of water but hard water is not available in the laboratory. Which of the following [1]
compounds may be dissolved in pure water to make it hard?
i. Hydrogen Carbonate of Sodium
ii. Sulphate of Magnesium
iii. Chloride of Calcium
iv. Carbonate of Sodium

a)(i) and (ii) b)(ii) and (iii)

c)(i) and (iv) d)(iii) and (iv)

23. An aqueous solution A turns phenolphthalein solution pink. On addition of an aqueous solution B to A, the pink [1]
colour disappears. The following statement is true for solution A and B.

a)A has pH greater than 7 and B has pH less b)A is strongly basic and B is a weak base.
than 7.

c)A is strongly acidic and B is a weak acid. d)A has pH less than 7 and B has pH greater
than 7.
24. Dried fruit plastic bags sold in the market are filled with: [1]

a)All of these b)Hydrogen gas

c)Nitrogen gas d)Helium gas

25. Kedar heated a few crystals of copper sulphate in a dry boiling tube. [2]
a. What will be the color of the copper sulphate after heating?
b. Will you notice water droplets in the boiling tube?

Page 4 of 14
 c. Where have these come from?
26. 2g of silver chloride is taken in a china dish and the china dish is placed in sunlight for some time. What will be [3]
your observation in this case ? Write the chemical reaction involved in the form of a balanced chemical equation.
Identify the type of chemical reaction.
OR
State one characteristic each of the chemical reaction which takes place when:
i. Dilute hydrochloric acid is added to sodium carbonate.
ii. Lemon juice is added gradually to potassium permanganate solution.
iii. Dilute sulphuric acid is added to the barium chloride solution.
iv. Quick lime is treated with water.
v. Wax is burned in the form of a candle.
27. Nikita took Zn, Al, Cu, Fe, Mg and Na metal and put each metal in cold water and then hot water. She reacted [3]
the metal with steam
(i) Name the metal which reacts with cold water.
(ii) Which of the above metals react with steam?
(iii) Name the metal which reacts with hot water.
(iv) Arrange these metals in order of increasing reactivity.

28. Read the following text carefully and answer the question that follow: [4]
As neutral atom carbon has electronic configuration KL. To gain inert gas configuration carbon can either
2, 4
donate 4 valence electrons (helium gas configuration) or gain 4 electrons (neon gas configuration), but it cannot
do so. To acquire inert gas configuration carbon can only share its 4 valence electrons with other atoms forming
covalent bonds. A covalent bond can be defined as a chemical bond formed between two atoms by mutual
sharing of valence electrons so that each atom acquires the stable electronic configuration of the nearest noble
gas. The concept of covalent bonds was given by Langmuir and Lewis to explain bonding in non-ionic
compounds. The covalent bonds are of three types. If each atom contributes one electron, the covalent bond
formed is called a single covalent bond and is represented by a single line (-) and if each atom contributes two
electrons, the covalent bond formed is called a double bond and is represented by a double line (=) and if each
atom contributes three electrons, the covalent bond formed is called a triple bond and is represented by a triple
line (≡).

i. Define Catenation. (1)

ii. What are name given for carbon atoms linked with single, double, triple bond? (1)
iii. Define Valency and write two examples of molecules containing double bond. (2)
OR
Draw the electron dot structure for Cl2 molecule. (2)

OR
Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow:
Carbon is a versatile element that forms the basis of all living organisms and many of the things we use. A large
variety of compounds is formed because of its tetravalency. Compounds of carbon are formed with oxygen,
hydrogen, nitrogen, sulphur, chlorine and many other elements.
Answer the following questions:
a. What are hydrocarbons? (1)

Page 5 of 14
 b. List two properties by virtue of which carbon can form a large number of compounds. (1)
c. Write the formula of the functional group present in (1) aldehydes, and (2) ketones. Write chemical equation for
the reaction that occurs between ethanoic acid and ethanol in the presence of a catalyst. (2)
OR
What are structural isomers? Write the structures of two isomers of butane (C4H10). (2)

29. i. Define water of crystallisation. [5]

ii. Write the chemical name and formula of a compound having water of crystallisation in its molecule and
appears blue.
iii. Write the chemical formula of bleaching powder. Write a balanced chemical equation of the reaction
involved in its preparation. List its three uses.
OR
An acid X present in tamarind when mixed with Y, produces a mixture Z. Z on addition to a dough when heated
makes cakes soft and spongy. Y is prepared from common salt and helps in faster cooking.
i. Write the common names of X, Y and Z, and the chemical formula of Y.
ii. How is Y prepared and how does it help in making cakes soft and spongy? Illustrate the reaction with suitable
chemical equation.
iii. Write the name and chemical formula of a mild base other than Y used as an antacid.
Section C
30. What is the observed colour of sky as seen from the moon surface? [1]

a)None of these. b)Black

c) Blue d) Red
31. Assertion (A): The refractive index of diamond is √6 and refractive index of liquid is √3. If the light travels [1]
from the diamond to the liquid, it will initially be reflected when the angle of incidence is 30o.
1
Reason (R): μ = sinC , where μ is the refractive index of diamond with respect to liquid.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

32. One end of a wire carrying current in the downward direction is placed in a trough containing mercury (so that [1]
the direction of force experienced by it is clearly visible). Two pole pieces N and S are placed on each side as
shown in the diagram (so as to provide uniform magnetic field).

What is the direction of force experienced by the wire?

a)Away from the observer b)Constant position

c)Upward from the observer d)Towards the observer

33. What is mirror formula ? Does this formula hold good for a plane mirror ? [2]
34. In the experiment to study the dependence of current (I) on the potential difference (V) across a resistor, a [2]
student obtained a graph as shown.

Page 6 of 14
 i. What does the graph depict about the dependence of current on the potential difference?
ii. Find the current that flows through the resistor when the potential difference across it is 2.5 V.

OR
Calculate the equivalent resistance of the following electric circuit:

35. What are the common defects of vision that can be corrected by the use of suitable eyeglasses or spectacles? [3]
36. Should the resistance of an ammeter be low or high? Give reason. [3]
37. a. Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar magnet. Mark the position of North Pole, South Pole [3]

and the places where the magnetic field is strongest.

b. Why do the magnetic field lines not intersect each other?
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
The rate of flow of charge is called electric current. The SI unit of electric current is Ampere (A). The direction
of flow of current is always opposite to the direction of flow of electrons in the current.

The electric potential is defined as the amount of work done in bringing a unit-positive test charge from infinity
to a point in the electric field. The amount of work done in bringing a unit positive test charge from one point to
another point in an electricfield is defined as potential difference.
WBA
VAB= VB − VA = q
The SI unit of potential andpotential difference is volt.
i. Write the formula of voltage in terms of work done, current, time and charge.
ii. What is the number of electrons flowing per second in a conductor if 1 A current is passing through it?
iii. What would be the potential difference between the two terminals of a battery, if 100 joules of work is
required to transfer 20 coulombs of charge from one terminal of the battery to other?

Page 7 of 14
 OR The 2 C of charge is flowing through a conductor in 100 ms, then what would be the current in the circuit?

a. List four characteristics of the image formed by a convex lens when an object is placed between its optical
39. [5]
centre and principal focus.
b. Size of the image of an object by a concave lens of focal length 20 cm is observed to be reduced to 1rd of its
3
size. Find the distance of the object from the lens.
OR
i. Define principal axis of a lens. Draw a ray diagram to show what happens when a ray of light parallel to the
principal axis of a concave lens passes through it.
ii. The focal length of a concave lens is 20 cm. At what distance from the lens should a 5 cm tall object be placed so
that its image is formed at a distance of 15 cm from the lens? Also calculate the size of the image formed.

Page 8 of 14
 Solution

Section A

1.
(d) transpiration and temperature regulation.
Explanation:
transpiration and temperature regulation.

2.
(c) 46
Explanation:
46

3. (a) (i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

Explanation:
The pituitary gland is a master gland that produces growth hormones.
Cytokinins are a group of hormones that promote cell division in plant roots and shoots and the growth of buds.
The insulin hormone is secreted by the pancreas which maintains blood sugar level in the body.
Thyroxine a hormone that is made by the thyroid gland and is one of the most important thyroid hormones and it also
maintains metabolism in the body.

4.
(d) Promote cell division.
Explanation:
In plant cells, cytokinins encourage cell division, Plant roots and shoots contain it.

5.
(b) 2 trophic levels
Explanation:
2 trophic levels

6.
(b) Carbon dioxide is released during the process.
Explanation:
During this process, the following things take place:
i. Chlorophyll's absorption of light energy.
ii. Splitting of water molecules into hydrogen and oxygen and the conversion of light energy into chemical energy.
iii. Carbon dioxide is converted to carbohydrates.
photosynthesis
6CO2 +6H2O ⟶ C6H12O6+6O2
carbondioxide water glucose oxygen

7. (a) Tiger, grass, snake, frog

Explanation:
Tiger, grass, snake, frog
8.
(b) I, III, II, V, IV
Explanation:
In Leishmania binary fission occurs in a definite orientation:
i. A constriction in the cell membrane first appears after nuclear division.

Page 9 of 14
 ii. Inwardly transversely from the centre of the dividing cell, the membrane expands.
iii. The cytoplasm divides into two equal pieces, each with a single nucleus
iv. The daughter cells can split off and create two new creatures.

9.
(d) A is false but R is true.
Explanation:
A is false but R is true.

10. Stomata
A. Guard Cell
B. Chloroplast
C. Stoma
11. a. In a food chain, autotrophs use around 1% of sunlight to prepare their own food. After that, all the next levels gain 10% of the
energy that the previous level acquired. For example: Let you have a food chain with 4 levels.
b. Trophic level is defined as the position of an organism in the food chain and ranges from a value of 1 for primary producers to
5 for marine mammals and humans. There is only 10% flow of energy from one trophic level to the next higher level. The loss
of energy at each step is so great that very little usable remains after four or five trophic levels. Hence only 4 to 5 trophic
levels are present in each food chain.
OR
Biomagnification is the process by which a harmful chemical enters the food chain and gets get accumulated progressively at each
trophic level in a food chain.
12. Iodine is required by the thyroid gland to make thyroxine hormone. Iodised salt provides iodine needed by thyroid gland to make
sufficient thyroxin for our body. The use of iodised salt prevents risk of goitre.
13. a. Sperm having X chromosome and sperm having Y chromosome
b. No, As male child gets only Y chromosome from his father and X chromosome from mother to have XY chromosome.
c. One type/only ovum/egg
14. Placenta is a special tissue which provides nutrition to the embryo from the mother's blood.
Role:
i. Provides a large surface area to transport glucose and O2 from mother's blood to embryo.

15. In the fig (b) the water level in the bent delivery tube has risen up. It is because of absorption of carbon dioxide by KOH pellets in
the tube, the air from bent tube moves into the conical flask, resulting in rising of the water level.
16. i. Use of condoms are beneficial for both the sexes as it prevents the spread of sexual transmitted diseases (STDs).
condoms which are put on penis( in males) and on vagina (in females) before starting coital activity .
These are popularly called Nirodh.
These are very widely used contraceptives in India because they are easily available, low cost, reliable, effective, and
with no side effects .these also prevent the spread of sexually transmitted diseases like AIDs, syphilis,etc.
ii. Physiological devices such as oral contraceptives are taken through mouth .
These contain a combination of synthetic progestins (acting like progesterone) and estrogens, so-called combined pills.
These combination inhibit the secretion of FSH and LH from anterior lobe of pituitary gland. These also retarded the
entry of sperms in the uterus.
iii. Sex selective abortion is aborting a child on the basis of sex .it effects a healthy society in most negative way as it disturbs the
sex ratio in the population and now a sex selective abortion is a crime.
OR
i. Plant growth movements in response to stimuli in a particular direction/directional movements due to light, gravity etc. Is
known as tropic movement.
Plant growth inhibitor: Abscisic Acid
Promotes cell division - Cytokinins
ii. When the tendrils come in contact with any support, auxins move away from the point of contact of the support. More growth
occurs on the side away from the support. As a result, unequal growth occurs on its two sides and thus tendrils coil/ circle

Page 10 of 14
 around the support.
Hormone - Auxins
Section B
17.
(c) All metal oxides react with water to give salt and hydrogen gas.
Explanation:
All metal oxides react with water to give salt and hydrogen gas.

18.
(c) Both the statements A and B are false
Explanation:
Valeric acid is another name for pentanoic acid. Soaps are sodium or potassium salts of long-chain fatty acids. When
triglycerides in fat/oil react with aqueous NaOH or KOH, they are converted into soap and glycerol.

19.
(d) Copper and silver
Explanation:
Copper and silver

20.
(d) (i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
Explanation:
The oxyacetylene welding process uses a combination of ethyne (C2H2) and oxygen gas to provide a high-temperature
flame. It is commonly used to permanently join mild steel.
Alcohol meant for industrial purposes (fuel for spirit lamps) is made unfit for human consumption by adding small
amounts (about 5%) of methanol to alcohol. The mixture is known as denatured spirit or denatured alcohol.
Carbon dioxide turns lime water turns milky due to the formation of insoluble calcium carbonate.
Esters have a fruity smell and are used in perfumes and cosmetics due to their characteristic odour.

21. (a) Tube A

Explanation:
Iron nails get rusted in test tube A because both air and water are present in it. Iron nails do not get rusted in B because there is
water but no air. In C, rusting will not take place because there is neither air nor water.
22.
(c) (i) and (iv)
Explanation:
(i) and (iv)

23. (a) A has pH greater than 7 and B has pH less than 7.

Explanation:
A has pH greater than 7 and B has pH less than 7.
24.
(c) Nitrogen gas
Explanation:
Nitrogen prevents the oxidation of dried fruits. It is used to prevent rancidity.

25. a. The blue colour of the copper sulphate crystals turns to white.
b. Yes, we will notice water droplets in the boiling tube.
c. Copper sulphate crystals (CuSO4 .5H2O) have water of crystallization as the part of crystals which gets removed on heating.

Page 11 of 14
26. In this reaction, we will observed that the white colour of Silver chloride changes to Greyish white due to the formation of
Silver metal. The decomposition of silver chloride is caused by light. This reaction is used in black and white photography.
2AgCI(s) Sunlight 2Ag (s) + Cl2(g)
−−−−−−→
Decomposition reaction / Photolytic decomposition.
OR
i. When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to sodium carbonate - Evolution of carbon dioxide gas takes place.
ii. Lemon juice is added gradually to potassium permanganate solution - Change its colour from purple to colourless.
iii. When dilute sulphuric acid is added to the barium chloride solution - Formation of white precipitate of barium sulphate.
iv. Quick lime is treated with water - change in temperature.
v. Wax is burned in the form of a candle - Change in state from solid to liquid and gas.
27. (i) Na
(ii) Al, Zn, Fe
(iii) Mg
(iv) Na>Mg>Al>Zn>Fe>Cu
28. i. Catenation can be defined as the self-linking property of atoms of an element through a covalent bond so as to form large
chain, rings, branched chain of varying length.
ii. Alkanes- carbon atoms connected by single bond.
Alkenes- carbon atoms connected by double bond.
Alkyne- Carbon atoms connected by triple bond.
iii. The combining power of an element with other atom to form chemical bond is called valency.
Examples of molecules having double bond are
Carbon dioxide(CO2),Sulphur dioxide(SO2)
O=C=O,O=S=O

OR
In chlorine molecule, both chlorine atoms contribute one electron and thus share single electron pair to form single covalent
bond. As shared pair is shared by both atoms, they acquire inert gas configuration of argon atom in valence shell.

or or Cl - Cl

OR
a. Compounds formed by carbon and hydrogen only.
b. Tetravalency and Catenation

c.

Acid
CH3COOH+C2H5OH−−−→CH3COOC2H5+H2O
Ester

OR
Compounds with identical molecular formula but different structures
Two isomers of butane C4H10
H H H H
| | | |
H−C−C−C−C−H
| | | |
H H H H

Page 12 of 14
29. i. Water of crystallization is the water molecules that are chemically bonded into a crystal structure.
ii. Copper Sulphate (CuSO4.5 H2O)
iii. Bleaching powder, CaO(Cl)₂ The chemical equation is as follows: 2Ca( OH)2 + 2Cl2 → Ca (OCl)2 + CaCl2 + 2H2O
it is used as an oxidizing agent. It is used as a germicide and disinfectant, especially in the sterilization of drinking water, to
free water from harmful microorganisms. It is used for the production of chloroform.
OR
i. X-Tartaric acid Y-Baking soda Z- Baking powder Y- NaHCO3

ii. NaCl + H2O + CO2 + NH3 ⟶ NH4Cl + NaHCO3

NaHCO3+ H+ ⟶ CO2 + H2O + Sodium salt of acid

CO2 released during heating makes the cake soft and spongy
iii. Magnesium hydroxide; Mg(OH)2

Section C
30.
(b) Black
Explanation:
The sky appears blue due to the scattering of the blue colour by the earth's atmosphere. In moon there is no atmosphere hence
nothing to scatter light. Thus, the sky appears dark or black as seen from the moon surface.

31. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Refractive index ofdiamond w.r.t. liquid
l 1 μd
μb = sinC = μ1
√6
1
√3 = sinC
1
sin C = =sin 45o
√2

C = 45o
32.
(d) Towards the observer
Explanation:
As per Fleming’s left hand rule , Direction of force is towards the observer.

33. Mirror formula is 1=2=1+1

u
f r v
when f is the focal length, r, the radius of curvature; u, the distance of object and v, the distance of image from pole of the mirror.
Mirror formula holds good for all types of mirrors i.e. for plane, convex or concave.
34. i. V ∝ I i.e current is directly proportional to applied voltage.
ii. at 2.5 V current will be 0.25 A
OR
RS = R3 + R4 = 10+10 = 20 Ω
1 = 1 + 1
RP R2 RS
1 1
= 120+20= Ω
10
Rp = 10 Ω
Total equivalent resistance = R = R1 + RP + R5
= R = 20 + 10 + 10 = 40 Ω
35. There are mainly four common defect of vision that can be corrected by the use of suitable eyeglasses or spectacles. There are
i. Myopia or near-sightedness,
ii. Hypermetropia or far-sightedness,
iii. Presbyopia, and
iv. Astigmatism

Page 13 of 14
36. The resistance of an ammeter should be low. An ammeter has to be connected in series with the circuit to measure current. In case,
its resistance is not very low, its inclusion in the circuit will reduce the current to be measured. In fact, an ideal ammeter is one
which has zero resistance.
37. a.

the poles are mentioned in the given figure and the magnetic field will be stronger at the end of the pole.
b. If magnetic field lines intersect each other, then at the intersection point there will be two directions of the same field which is
not possible. Hence the field lines do not cross or intersect each other.
38. i. V =Wq =
W

ii. I = 1 A, t = 1 s
q = It = 1 × 1 = 1C
q 1
n= e = = 6.25 × 1018
1. 6× 10−19
iii. The potential difference is the work done in moving a unit of positive electric charge from one point to another.
W = 100 J, q = 20 C
W 100
V= q = 20 =5V
OR
q = 2 C, t = 100 ms = 0.1 s
q =2 = 20 A
I= t
0.1

39. a. Four characteristics:

i. Image is formed on the same side of the lens as the object.
ii. The image is enlarged / magnified, virtual and erect.
b. h′=h 3
Focal length = -20cm
As per the lens formula
1 1 1
v − u =
f
u = -40cm
Hence, the distance of the object from the lens is 40cm.
OR
i. Principal axis: It is an imaginary line passing through the two centres of curvatures of a lens.

ii. f = -20 cm; h = 5 cm; v = -15 cm

1
u = v
1
− 1f = 1
− 1
(− 15) (− 20)
= −1
60cm
or u =−60 cm object is at a distance of 60 cm from the lens
h′=v
Size ofthe image(magnification): m = h u
V (− 15)
h′ = u ×h= (− ×5=1.25 cm
60)

Page 14 of 14
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 07

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. Where does the embryo develop in a human female? [1]

a)Vagina b)Seminal vesicles

c)Fallopian tube d)Uterus

2. The two versions of a trait (character) which are brought in by the male and female gametes are situated on [1]

a)sex chromosomes b)copies of the same chromosome

c)two different chromosomes d)any chromosome

3. Which part of the leaf will have starch when exposed to sunlight ? [1]

a)C only b)Both A and B

c)B only d)A only

4. Which part of the following is a site of implantation? [1]

a)D b)A

c)C d)B

Page 1 of 16
 5. Food web is constituted by [1]

a)relationship between plants and animals b)relationship between the organisms and the
environment

c)relationship between animals and d)various interlinked food chains in an

environment. ecosystem
6. In the slides showing binary fission in Amoeba and budding in yeast, the correct observations are: [1]
A. The daughter cells of Amoeba and the bud of Yeast are smaller than their respective parental cells.
B. The daughter cells of Amoeba and the bud of Yeast are the same sizes as their respective parental cells.
C. The daughter cells of Amoeba are bigger than the parent cell but the bud of yeast is smaller than the parent.
D. The daughter cells of Amoeba are smaller than the parent but the bud of Yeast is larger than the parent.

a) (B) b) (A)

c) (D) d) (C)
7. Which of the following is not associated with the growth of a plant? [1]

a) Auxin b) Cytokinins

c)Abscisic acid d)Gibberellins

8. Assertion (A): If mother is homozygous for black hair and father has red hair then their child can inherit black [1]
hair.
Reason (R): Gene for black hair is recessive to gene for red hair in humans.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

9. Assertion (A): The brain allows us to think and take actions based on that thinking. [1]
Reason (R): The hind brain is the main thinking part of the brain which has regions which receive sensory
impulses from various receptors.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

10. Explain, how pesticides get accumulated in the environment. [2]
11. What is meant by an artificial ecosystem? Give two examples of artificial ecosystems. [2]
OR
Given below is an energy flow diagram. Study it carefully and answer the following questions:

a. How much energy (in units) will pass from grass to goat?
b. How much energy (in units) will pass from goat to tiger?
c. Which law operates during the transfer of energy from grass to goat to tiger?

12. During a street fight between two individuals, mention the effects on the following organs by the autonomic [2]
nervous system, in the table given below:

Page 2 of 16
 Organs Sympathetic nervous system Parasympathetic system

Lungs

Heart

Salivary gland

Pupil of eye

13. Differentiate between the process of binary fission and multiple fission giving an example of each. [3]
14. Food does not pass through the digestive system by 'gravity'. This is clear from the fact that we can digest the [3]
food even if we are lying down. Explain the logic behind the passage of food through our digestive system.
15. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
Kidneys are vital organs for survival. Several factors like infections, injury or restricted blood flow to kidneys
reduce the activity of kidneys. This leads to accumulation of poisonous wastes in the body, which can even lead
to death. In case of kidney failure, an artificial kidney can be used. An artificial kidney is a device to remove
waste products from the blood through dialysis.

a. i. Name the artery that brings oxygenated blood to the kidney.

ii. Name the cluster the thin-walled blood capillaries present in the Bowman's capsule. (1)
b. In human excretory system name the organ which stores urine. Is this organ under hormonal control or
nervous control? (1)
c. List two major steps involved in the formation of urine and state in brief their functions. (2)
OR
In which part of the nephron does selective reabsorption take place? List the factors which the amount of
water reabsorbed depends on. (2)

16. a. With the help of Mendel’s experiments show that [5]

i. traits may be dominant or recessive, and

ii. traits are inherited independently.
b. Birds and bats are more closely related to each other than to squirrels or lizards. Comment.
OR
Draw the structure of a neuron and describe its function.
Section B
17. When a small amount of acid is added to water, the phenomena which occur are : [1]
A. Dilution
B. Neutralisation
C. Formation of HO+ ions
3

D. Salt formation
The correct statements are:

a)(C) and (D) b)(A) and (C)

c)(B) and (D) d)(A) and (B)

18. Barium chloride on reacting with ammonium sulphate forms barium sulphate and ammonium chloride. Which of [1]
the following correctly represents the type of the reaction involved?
i. Displacement reaction

Page 3 of 16
 ii. Precipitation reaction
iii. Combination reaction
iv. Double displacement reaction

a)(iv) only b)(ii) and (iv)

c)(ii) and (iii) d)(i) only

19. Which of the following represents favourable conditions for the process of fermentation of ethyl alcohol? [1]

a)Presence of light b)Presence of air

c)None of these d)Very high temperature

20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Alcohol (a) - X

(ii) Aldehyde (b) - CHO

(iii) Ketone (c) - OH

(iv) Haloalkane (d) - CO -

a)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) b)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)

c)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b) d)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)
21. Generally, non-metals are not conductors of electricity. Which of the following is a good conductor of [1]
electricity?

a) Graphite b) Diamond

c) Sulphur d) Fullerene
22. The correct structural formula of butanoic acid is [1]
H H H O H H H O
a) b)
H - C - C - C - C - OH H - C - C = C - C - OH
| | | |
H H H H
H H H H H H H H O
c) | | | | d) | | | | ||
H - C - C - C - C - OH H - C - C - C - C - C - OH
| | | | | | | | |
H H H H H H H H H

23. Baking soda is a mixture of: [1]

a)Sodium carbonate and acetic acid b)Sodium hydrogen carbonate and acetic acid

c)Sodium hydrogen carbonate and tartaric d)Sodium carbonate and tartaric acid
acid
24. Assertion (A): Hydrogen peroxide is kept in coloured bottles. [1]
Reason (R): Hydrogen peroxide is a moderately reactive metal that can react with light or heat slowly to
produce water.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

Page 4 of 16
25. Account for the following: [2]
i. State the relation between hydrogen ion concentration of an aqueous solution and its pH.
ii. An aqueous solution has a pH value of 7.0. Is this solution acidic, basic or neutral.
iii. Which has a higher pH, 1 M HCl or 1 M NaOH solution?
iv. Tooth enamel is one of the hardest substance in our body. How does it undergo damage due to eating
chocolates and sweets? What should we do to prevent it?
v. How do H+ ions exist in water?

26. An organic compound 'A' has the molecular formula CH2O2. It turns blue litmus red and gives brisk [3]
effervescence with NaHCO3. Identify 'A' and give chemical reaction.

OR
What is a homologous series? Find the difference in molecular mass between the two consecutive members of a
homologous series. State how in a homologous series of carbon compounds the following properties vary with
increase in molecular mass:

a. Melting and boiling points

b. Chemical properties

27. P, Q and R are 3 elements which undergo chemical reactions according to the following equations: [3]
a. P2O3 + 2Q → Q2O3 + 2P
b. 3RSO4 + 2Q → Q2(SO4)3 + 3R
c. 3RO + 2P → P2O3 + 3R

Answer the following questions:

i. Which element is most reactive?
ii. Which element is least reactive?
iii. State the type of reaction listed above.
28. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
The acidic behaviour of acids is due to the presence of hydrogen (H+) ions in them. They produce hydrogen ions
in the presence of water. Water is a polar solvent and this property of water helps in weakening the bond
between the ions and makes them soluble.
Hence, acids and bases produce ions in aqueous solutions. It may be noted that a dry HCl gas or a solution of
hydrogen chloride in organic, non-polar solvents like toluene or benzene do not show acidic properties. This is
because hydrogen chloride does not undergo ionization in toluene.
The reason why HCl splits into H+ and Cl- ions in presence of water lies in the fact that water molecules, being
polar, pull the H+ and Cl- ions apart and thus, the bond in HCl is broken.

i. Which acids are present in bee stings? (1)

ii. If the pH of a solution is 8, then find its [H+] ion. (1)

Page 5 of 16
 iii. If you are given water, Hydrochloric acid, and Acetic acid, then mention increasing the order of acid
strength. (2)
OR
+
If you are provided H3PO4,C2H5OH,H2CO3,andCH3COOH,thenwhichcompound does not give H ions
in an aqueous solution? (2)

29. Compound 'A', when dissolved in water, gives compound 'B' and liberates heat. Compound 'A' is used in [5]
whitewashing. Compound 'B' reacts with CO2 to form a white precipitate of compound 'C'. Identify compounds
'A', 'B' and 'C' Also write the equations involved.
OR
What happens when (Write the balanced equation involved) –
i. Copper is heated in air?
ii. Aluminum oxide is reacted with hydrochloric acid?
iii. Potassium reacts with water?
iv. Cinnabar is heated in air?
v. Aluminium oxide reacts with sodium hydroxide?
Section C
30. Which of the following statements is/are incorrect? [1]
A. A neutron has a positive charge of +1.6 × 10-19 C
B. An ammeter is a low resistance device.
C. The resistance of semiconductors decreases with temperature.

D. One ampere is equal to 10-6 uA.

a)A and C b)A, B and C

c)A and D d)A and B

31. The focal length of the concave mirror in the experimental set up, shown below, equals [1]

a)11.0 cm b)12.2 cm

c)1.7 cm d)10.3 cm
32. Assertion (A): The stars twinkle while the planet do not. [1]
Reason (R): The stars are much bigger in size than the planets.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

33. List four sources of magnetic field. [2]
34. A wire of given material having length l and area of cross-section A has a resistance of 4Ω. What would be the
[2]
resistance of another wire of the same material having length l/2 and area of cross-section 2A?
OR

Page 6 of 16
 Calculate the resistance of an electric bulb which allows a 10A current when connected to a 220V power source?
35. The image formed by a spherical mirror is real, inverted and is of magnification -2. If the image is at a distance [3]
of 30 cm from the mirror, where is the object placed? Find the focal length of the mirror. List two characteristics
of the image formed if the object is moved 10 cm towards the mirror.
36. When one enters a less lighted room from a place of intense light, he is not able to see anything for sometime, [3]
but after sometime the things become somewhat visible. Explain how this happens?

37. Observe the following incomplete ray diagram of an object where the image A'B' is formed after refraction from [3]
a convex lens.

On the basic of above information fill in the blanks.

i. The position of object AB would have been...
ii. Size of the object would have been ... than the size of image.
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
An insulated copper wire wound on a cylindrical cardboard tube such that its length is greater than its diameter
is called a solenoid. When an electric current is passed through the solenoid, it produces a magnetic field around
it. The magnetic field produced by a current-carrying solenoid is similar to the magnetic field produced by a bar
magnet. The field lines inside the solenoid are in the form of parallel straight lines. The strong magnetic field
produced inside a current-carrying solenoid can be used to magnetize a piece of a magnetic material like soft
iron when placed inside the solenoid. The strength of the magnetic field produced by a current-carrying solenoid
is directly proportional to the number of turns and strength of the current in the solenoid.

i. What would be the strength of the magnetic field inside a long current-carrying straight solenoid? (1)
ii. Which end is north and which end is south pole when current flows through a solenoid? (1)
iii. A long solenoid carrying a current produces a magnetic field B along its axis. If the current is double and the
number of turns per cm is halved, then what will be the new value of the magnetic field? (2)
OR
A soft iron bar is enclosed by a coil of insulated copper wire as shown in the figure. When the plug of the
key is closed, then where would the face B of the iron bar be marked? (2)

Page 7 of 16
39. i. For the combination of resistors shown in the following figure, find the equivalent resistance between M & [5]
N.

ii. State Joule’s law of heating.

iii. Why we need a 5 A fuse for an electric iron which consumes 1 kW power at 220 V?
iv. Why is it impracticable to connect an electric bulb and an electric heater in series?
OR
i. What is meant by resistance of a conductor? Define its SI unit.
ii. List two factors on which the resistance of a rectangular conductor depends.
iii. How will the resistance of a wire be affected if its
I. length is doubled, and
II. radius is also doubled?
Give justification for your answer.

Page 8 of 16
 Solution

Section A

1.
(d) Uterus
Explanation:
The fertilized embryo gets attached to the uterus and all the developmental process of the embryo takes place in the uterus.

2.
(b) copies of the same chromosome
Explanation:
The two versions of a trait that are brought in by the male and female gametes are situated on copies of the same chromosome.
Each parent contributes one copy of the gene for a particular trait.

3.
(b) Both A and B
Explanation:
Uncovered portion of the leaf is exposed to the light and photosynthesis reaction takes place there.
Sunlight
6CO2 + 12H2O −−−−−−→ C6H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2
Chlorphyll

4.
(b) A
Explanation:
Uterus is a site of implantation.

5.
(d) various interlinked food chains in an ecosystem
Explanation:
A food chain is a series of plants/animals which are interrelated in the form of an organism being eaten as food by the other.
The Food web is constituted by various interlinked and interdependent food chains in a community. It is also called a
consumer-resource system. The ecosystem consists of living organisms and their abiotic environment. Thus, the correct answer
is 'Various interlinked food chains in a community.'

6.
(b) (A)
Explanation:
(A) is the correct observation.
Daughter cells originate as small buds of the parent cell and grow very fast. Daughter cells remain attached to parent cells and
separate later on. And the daughter cells of Amoeba and the bud of Yeast are smaller than their respective parental cells.

7.
(c) Abscisic acid
Explanation:
Abscisic acid inhibits the growth of plant hence it is not associated with the growth of the plant.

8.
(c) A is true but R is false.

Page 9 of 16
 Explanation:
Gene for black hair colour is dominant to gene for red hair colour in humans. Mother has black hair and can be represented by
(BB) whereas father can be represented by (bb).

So, the child will be heterozygous for black hair colour.

9.
(c) A is true but R is false.
Explanation:
A is true but R is false.

10. Pesticides are poisonous chemical substances, which are sprayed over crop plants to protect them from pests and diseases by
either killing them or stopping their growth. These chemical pesticides mix up with soil and water from where they are absorbed
by the growing plants along with water and other minerals and get deposited in plant tissues. When herbivorous animals eat plants
then these poisonous chemical pesticides go into their bodies through the food chain and further when they are consumed by
carnivores, then the pesticides get transferred to their bodies. In this process of transfer of food through food chains these harmful
chemicals get concentrated at each subsequent trophic level and their concentration keep on increasing (Biomagnification) with
increasing trophic level.
11. Man-made ecosystem are called artificial ecosystem. For example- Garden, Aquarium.
OR
a. 10 units of energy will pass from grass to goat.
b. 1 unit of energy will pass from goat to tiger.
c. Lindeman's Ten percent law operates during the transfer of energy from grass to goat to tiger.

12. Organs Sympathetic nervous system Parasympathetic system

Lungs Dilates bronchi and bronchioles Constricts bronchi and bronchiole
Heart Increases heart rate Decreases heart rate

Salivary gland Inhibits saliva secretion Stimulates saliva secretion

Pupil of eye Dilation Constriction

13. Binary fission Multiple fission

A parent cell is present which on cytokinesis forms

2 daughter cells. A parent cell is present which forms multiple daughter cells.
It undergoes cytokinesis.
It undergoes multiple divisions to form many daughter cells.
Occurs during favorable conditions.
Occurs during unfavorable conditions.
most common form of reproduction in prokaryotes.
most common form of reproduction in Protists and parasitic species.

the nucleus divides first and is surrounded by cytoplasm whose division

both cytoplasm and nucleus divide together
occurs in the later stage.
Example: Plasmodium, Algae, etc.
Example: Bacteria, Amoeba, etc.
14. The lining of the alimentary canal has muscles that contract rhythmically so that the food can be pushed down through it easily.
This action is known as peristalsis. These movements of muscles help the passage of food through the gut.
15. a. i. Renal Artery
ii. Glomerulus
b. Urinary bladder
Nervous control

Page 10 of 16
 c. Filtration: Nitrogenous wastes such as urea or uric acid are removed
Reabsorption: Glucose, amino acids, salts/some useful materials and major amounts of water reabsorbed
OR
Tubular part of nephron.
The amount of water absorbed depends on:
how much water is there in the body.
how much dissolved waste is there to be excreted.
16. a. i. Mendel crossed pure tall pea plants with pure short pea plants.
All tall plants were produced in the F1 generation.
When F1 tall plants were self-pollinated, Mendel got both tall and short plants in the ratio of 3 Tall : 1 Short.
This clearly indicated that tall character is dominant over short character which although present would not be
expressed in F1 generation. /

ii. When pea plants with two different characteristics like plants with round and green seeds and the plants with wrinkled
and yellow seeds; were bred with each other, the F1 generation had plants with round and yellow seeds (dominant
character).
On self-pollination of F1 generation plants, F2 generation obtained was a mixture of round yellow, round green,
wrinkled yellow and wrinkled green in the ratio 9:3:3:1, thus showing that the traits are inherited independently. /

b. Birds and bats are more closely related because they have wings to fly, whereas squirrels and lizards do not. The wings of
birds and bats are analogous organs.
OR
Neuron or nerve cell is a structural and functional unit of the nervous system that is specialised to receive, conduct and transmit
nerve impulses. A neuron (nerve cell) has three components:
i. Cell body (cyton)
ii. Dendrites
iii. Axon

Functions: The information acquired at the end of the dendritic tip of a neuron sets off a chemical reaction which creates an
electrical impulse. This impulse travels from die dendrite to the cyton along the axon of its end. At the end of axon, the electrical
impulse sets off the release of some chemicals, which cross the synapse and start a similar electrical impulse in a dendrite of the
next neuron. In this way nerve impulses travel in the body, from one neuron to another till it reaches the brain or the target organ.

Page 11 of 16
 Thus, a nervous tissue is made up of an organised network of nerve cells or neurons which are specialised in conducting
information via electrical impulse from one part of the body to another.
Section B
17.
(b) (A) and (C)
Explanation:
(A) and (C)

18.
(b) (ii) and (iv)
Explanation:
Barium chloride on reacting with ammonium sulfate forms barium sulfate and ammonium chloride, it is the double
displacement and precipitation reaction.

19.
(c) None of these
Explanation:
The process of fermentation is carried in the dark at a temperature of about 30oC. The vessel is kept closed and air is not
allowed to enter.

20. (a) (i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)
Explanation:
The general formula of an alcohol is R-OH.
The general formula of an aldehyde is R-CHO.
The general formula of a ketone is R-CO-R'.
The general formula of a halo-alkane is R-X.
21. (a) Graphite
Explanation:
Graphite is a good conductor of electricity and heat. Graphite has weak intermolecular forces between its layers. Hence it has
de-localized electrons. As electrons are free to move through its structure, it conducts heat and is a good conductor of
electricity.
H H H O
| | | ||
22. (a) H - C - C - C - C - OH
| | |
H H H

Explanation:
The general formula of a carboxylic acid is R-COOH where R is an alkyl group. So, because 'butane' shows the presence of 4
∥O
−C− OH
single-bonded carbon atoms 'oic acid' shows the presence of group. The formula of butanoic acid is C3H7COOH.

23.
(c) Sodium hydrogen carbonate and tartaric acid
Explanation:
Baking soda is a mixture of sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3) and a mild edible tartaric acid.

24.
(c) A is true but R is false.
Explanation:
Hydrogen peroxide is a highly reactive metal that can react with light or heat to produce water. It decomposes into water and
oxygen in the presence of sunlight. To prevent this reaction with light and heat it is stored in coloured bottles so that light
cannot pass through it. Thus assertion is true, but reason is false.

Page 12 of 16
25. i. Hydrogen ion concentration of an aqueous solution is inversely proportional to its pH.
ii. The solution is neutral.
iii. 1 M NaOH solution has higher pH because base have higher pH value than acids.
iv. Tooth enamel gets corroded slowly when pH in the mouth is below 5.5. Acid is produced in mouth due to degradation of food
which is partially hydrolysed by saliva. But if excess acid is produced, it causes tooth decay. It can be prevented by using
tooth paste which are generally basic.
v. H+ ions exist in water as H+3O ions.

26. A is methanoic acid, HCOOH. It turns blue litmus red.

HCOOH + NaHCO3 → HCOONa + CO2 + H2O
OR
a. A group of organic compounds having similar structures and similar properties and whose successive members differ by -CH2
group is called a homologous series.
Example: All the alkanes have a similar structure with single covalent bonds and show similar chemical properties.
Therefore, they form a homologous series of alkanes. The first six members of this homologous series are given below:
Name of the alkane Molecular formula Name of the alkane

Methane CH4 Butane

Ethane C2H6 Petane

Propane C3H11 Hexane

The general formula of the homologous series of alkanes is CnH2n+2.

b. i. Molecular formula of any two adjacent homologues differ from each other by 14 units with regard to molecular mass.
ii. Molecular formulae of any two adjacent homologues differ by -CH2 group, i.e., they differ by one carbon and two
hydrogen atoms.
27. i. Q is the most reactive metal out of P, R and Q as it has replaced both P and R from their compounds.
ii. R is the least reactive element as it has been displaced by both P and Q.
iii. The type of reaction is Displacement reaction.
28. i. Formic acid is the common name for methanoic acid and it is present in a bee stings.
ii. pH = -log10 [H+] = 8
log10 [H+] = -8
[H+] = 10-8 mol/L
iii. Water < Acetic acid < Hydrochloric acid
OR
CHOH
25 is not an ionic compound,itis a covalent compound and hence does not give H+ ions in aqueous solution.
+ H2 O CO2
29. 'A' −−−−−−−→ ' B ' −−→ 'C'
Usedfor Exothermic .
Whiteppt
W hitewashing reaction

Quicklime (CaO) is used for whitewashing. So 'A' is CaO.

Cao+ H2 O→ CaOH
( ) 2 + Heat
C al ciu m
Carbonate
'B' is Ca(OH)2
Ca(OH)2(aq) + CO2(aq) +CO2(g)⟶ CaCO3(s)
CalciumCarbonate
.)
(W hiteppt

'C' is CaCO3.
OR
i. Copper is heated in air
Copper is heated in the presence of air to produce black copper oxide.
2Cu(s) + O2 (g) ⟶ 2CuO (s)

Page 13 of 16
 ii. Aluminum oxide is reacted with hydrochloric acid
Aluminum oxide is treated with hot dilute hydrochloric acid to produce aluminum chloride and water.
Al2O3 (s) + 6HCl (aq) ⟶ 2AlCl3 (aq) + 3H2O (l)
iii. Potassium reacts with water
When potassium combines with water, potassium hydroxide and hydrogen gas are formed.
2K (s) + 2H2O (l) ⟶ 2KOH (aq) + H (g)
iv. Cinnabar is heated in air
When cinnabar is burned in air, it is converted to mercuric oxide, which produces sulfur dioxide gas.
2HgS (s) +3O 2 (g) ⟶ 2HgO (s) + 2SO2 (g)
v. Aluminum oxide reacts with sodium hydroxide
Sodium aluminate and water are formed when aluminum oxide combines with sodium hydroxide.
Al2O3 (s) + 2NaOH(aq) ⟶ 2NaAlO2 (aq) + H 2O (l)
Section C
30.
(c) A and D
Explanation:
B and C are correct. An ammeter is a low resistance device. A semiconductor material has an electrical conductivity value
falling between that of a conductor, such as copper, and an insulator, such as glass. As the temperature increases, their
resistance decreases.
A and D are incorrect. A neutron is a sub-atomic particle that has no charge. One μA is equal to 10-6 A. An ampere is a bigger
unit. Micro-ampere (μA) is a smaller unit.

31. (a) 11.0 cm

Explanation:
Distance of pole to focus is called focal length :
∴ f = 15.6 - 4.6 = 11.0 cm
32.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
As planets are of larger size than stars and much closer to the earth, planets can be considered as a collection of a large number
of point-sized sources of light. The total variation in the amount of light entering our eye from all these individual point-sized
sources will average out to zero which nullifies the twinkling effect of each other. Therefore, planets do not twinkle.

33. (1) Magnetic field around a magnet.

(2) Magnetic field around current carrying conductor.
(3) Magnetic field around a current carrying solenoid.
(4) Magnetic field around an electromagnet.
34. For first wire
l =4Ω
R1=ρ
A
Now for the secondwire
l /2 1 l
R 2 = ρ 2A = 4ρ A
1
R2 = 4 R 1
R 2=1Ω
The resistance of the new wire is 1Ω
OR
I=10 A, V=220 V
R = VI
= 220
10
= 22 Ω
35. Image distance, v = - 30 cm
Magnification, m = - 2

Page 14 of 16
 Magnification produced by a mirror,
m = −v u
(30)
-2 = − u
u = -15 cm
Now, using mirror formula 1 1 + 1u
f
= v
1 =−1−1
f 30 15
= −1−2
1 30
1
=−3=− 10
f 30

f1 = -10cm
Iff theobjectisshifted 10 cm towards the mirror then, u = -5 cm, i.e., object is between pole and focus, thus image formed will be
virtual, erect and magnified.
36. Whenweareinbright sunlight the aperture of the pupil would be small to regulate the amount of light entering the eye preventing
glare,discomfortand damage to eyes. As we enter a dark room less amount of light would enter our eyes due to small size of
pupil,andwewon'tbe able to see objects clearly. It takes some time to regulate the size of the pupil through iris. Hence, it
requiressometimeto see things.
37. i. Thepositionofobject AB would have been beyond 2F1.

ii. Size of the object would have been bigger than the size of image.
38. i. Magnetic field inside the infinite solenoid is uniform. Hence it is the same at all points.
ii. The end of the current carrying solenoid at which the current flows anti-clockwise behaves as a north pole while that end at
which the direction of current clockwise behaves as a south pole and this is according to clock wise.
iii. For a long solenoid, magnetic field B ∝ In; where I is the flowing current and n is number of turns per unit length in the
solenoid. Therefore, in the given case magnetic field will remain unchanged.
OR
For a solenoid, if we imagine gripping the solenoid with your right hand so that your curl fingers follow the direction of the
current then your thumb will point towards the north end of the electromagnet.
39. i. Equivalent resistance between M and N
(R[ 3×R4)]
= (R3 + R4 )

ii. Joule's law of heating states that when a current i passes through a conductor of resistance r for time t then the heat developed
in the conductor is equal to the product of the square of the current, the resistance, and time. This can be expressed as:
H = I2Rt
iii. We need a fuse of 5A for an electric iron which consumes 1 kW power at 220 V. It is because:
Given P = 1000 W, V = 220 V
As we know, P = V × t
Or I = V
P
Or I = 1000 = 4.5 A
220V
Hence,4.54 ampere current flows in the circuit, the fuse should be of 5A.
iv. As you know, in a series circuit the current is constant throughout the electric circuit. Thus it is obviously impracticable to
connect an electric bulb and an electric heater in series because they need currents of widely different values to operate
properly.
OR
i. Resistance is the quality of a conductor that causes it to resist the flow of an electric current through it. It is the proportion of
the potential difference between ends to the current flowing. The SI unit is ohm (Ω).
ii. Two factors on which the resistance of a rectangular conductor depends are:
I. Length of conductor
II. Area if cross-section

Page 15 of 16
 ρl
iii. I. R = A
Where, ρ = electrical resistivity
l = length of the conductor
A = cross-sectional area of the conductor
Hence, if the length is double then
⇒R1=ρ ∣ (2 )
A

∴R1 = 2(R)
So, if the length of the resistance gets doubled then resistance also gets doubled.
II. Now, whenthe radius is double then
⇒R2= ρ
l
⇒R2= A ρl
2
π (2r)

∴R=1 2 4 (R)
( 1) th
So, if the radius gets doubled then resistance will be 4 of initial resistance.

Page 16 of 16
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 08

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. While preparing a temporary stained mount of a leaf epidermal peel, the extra stain is removed by [1]

a)washing with water b)washing with calcium chloride solution

c)soaking with filter paper d)absorbing with cotton wool

2. Which of the following is not a nitrogenous base? [1]

a) Cytosine b) Guanine

c)Adenine d)Deoxyribose sugar

3. The percentage of solar radiation absorbed by all the green plants for the process of photosynthesis is about: [1]

a) 10% b) 1%

c) 5% d) 8%
4. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) true about respiration? [1]
i. During inhalation, ribs move inward and the diaphragm is raised
ii. In the alveoli, exchange of gases takes place i.e., oxygen from alveolar air diffuses into blood and carbon
dioxide from the blood into the alveolar air
iii. Haemoglobin has a greater affinity for carbon dioxide than oxygen
iv. Alveoli increase surface area for exchange of gases

a)(i) and (iii) b)(i) and (iv)

c)(ii) and (iv) d)(ii) and (iii)

5. Which of the following is/are terrestrial ecosystem(s)? [1]
A. Forest B. Aquarium C. Grassland D. Desert

a)A, B and D b)A, C and D

Page 1 of 15
 c)A and D d)A and B
6. Match the following with correct response. [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Cretinism (a) Over secretion of growth hormone

(ii) Gigantism (b) Under secretion of ADH

(iii) Exophthalmia (c) Over secretion of thyroxin

(iv) Diabetes insipidus (d) Deficiency of thyroxin

a)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) b)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)

c)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b) d)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)
7. Electrical impulse travels in a neuron from - [1]

a)Dendrite → cell body → axon → axonal b)Dendrite → axon → axonal end → cell
end body.

c)Cell body → dendrite → axon → axonal d)Axonal end → axon → cell body →
end. dendrite
8. Assertion (A): Fusion of gametes gives rise to a single cell called zygote. [1]
Reason (R): Zygote is a fertilised ovum.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

9. Assertion (A): Biotic components of ecosystem continuously require energy to carry on life processes. [1]
Reason (R): Abiotic components are the non-living factors of the ecosystem.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

10. Suggest any two contraceptive methods to control the size of human population and explain them. [2]
11. i. Write two harmful effects of using plastic bags on the environment. Suggest alternatives to the usage of [2]
plastic bags.
ii. List any two practices that can be followed to dispose off the waste produced in our homes.
OR
In the following food chain, 20J of energy was available to the hawks. How much would have been present in the
plants?
Plants → rats → snakes → hawks

12. What will happen if intake of iodine in our diet is low? [2]
13. In pea plant, round seed is dominant over the wrinkled. If a cross is carried out between these two plants, give [3]
answer to the following questions.

Page 2 of 15
 i. Mention the genes for the traits of parents.
ii. State the trait of F1 hybrids.
iii. Write the ratio of F2 progeny obtained from this cross. What is the name of the cross?

14. How to destarch the leaves for an experiment to show that sunlight is necessary for photosynthesis? [3]
15. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
A student crossed pea plants having round and yellow seeds with pea plants having wrinkled and green seeds.
He found that only one type of seeds were produced in the F1 generation. When these F1 generation pea plants
were self - pollinated with each other, then in addition to the seed type of F1 generation, some new types of seed
combinations were also obtained in the F2 generation.

i. Write any two contrasting visible characters other than the ones shown above, taken by Mendel for his
experiment. (1)
ii. Mention the dominant traits observed in F1 generation. (1)

iii. Give reason why the traits which were not visible in the seeds of F1 generation reappeared in the seeds of F2

generation. Write the ratio of different types of seeds obtained in F2 generation in this case. (2)
OR
What is meant by the terms (I) dominant, and (II) recessive traits? Explain. (2)

16. a. List the sequence of events in the uterus of a human female from fertilisation of egg till childbirth. [5]
b. State the changes that are observed in the uterus if fertilisation of egg does not occur.
OR
Given below is a diagram of the human endocrine system.

Using the given diagram, answer the following questions:

i. How pituitary gland regulates the growth of the body?
ii. Which hormone is responsible for the carbohydrate, protein, and fat metabolism in the body?
iii. Which pair of glands prepare the body to deal with emergency situations?
iv. Which gland secretes insulin and what does it do in the body?
v. What is the function of endocrine glands?
Section B
17. When sodium hydrogen carbonate is added to ethanoic acid a gas evolves. [1]
Consider the following statements about the gas evolved?
A. It turns lime water milky.
B. It is evolved with a brisk effervescence.

Page 3 of 15
 C. It has a smell of burning sulphur.
D. It is also a by-product of respiration.
The correct statements are:

a)(B) and (D) only b)(A) and (B) only

c)(A), (B) and (D) d)(A), (C) and (D)

18. Soap doesn’t work well with woollen garments because: [1]
A. It is basic in nature and woollen garments have acidic dyes.
B. It is acidic in nature and woollen garments have basic dyes.

a) (A) b) (B)

c)None of these d)Both (A) and (B)

19. The melting point of NaCl is: [1]

a)1047 K b)100 K

c)1000 K d)1074 K
20. The slag obtained during the extraction of copper pyrites is composed mainly of: [1]

a) CuSiO3 b) SiO2

c) Cu2S d) FeSiO3

21. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Ionic bond (a) NH3

(ii) Polar covalent bond (b) C60

(iii) Non-polar bond (c) N2

(iv) Fullerene (d) NaCl

a)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) b)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

c)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) d)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)
22. The correct formula of ethanol is: [1]

a) C2H6OH b) C2H5OH

c) CH3OH d) CH3CH2CH2OH

23. Plaster of Paris hardens by [1]

a)Passing of CO2 gas b)Changing into CaCO3

c)Combining with water d)Releasing out a molecule of water

Page 4 of 15
24. Assertion (A): While dissolving an acid or base in water, the acids must always be added slowly to water with [1]
constant stirring.
Reason (R): Dissolving an acid on a base in water is a highly exothermic reaction.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

25. When a piece of limestone reacts with dilute HCl, a gas X is produced. When gas X is passed through lime water [2]
then a white precipitate Y is formed. On passing excess of gas X, the white precipitate dissolves forming a
soluble compound Z.

a. What are X, Y and Z?

b. Write equations for the reactions which take place :
i. When limestone reacts with dilute HCl.
ii. When gas X reacts with lime water to form white precipitate Y.
26. Write the balanced chemical equations for the following reactions and identify the type of reaction in each case. [3]
i. In thermite reaction, iron (III) oxide reacts with aluminium and gives molten iron and aluminium oxide.
ii. Magnesium ribbon is burnt in an atmosphere of nitrogen gas to form solid magnesium nitride.
OR
A solution of a substance 'X' is used for whitewashing
i. Name the substance 'X' and writes its formula.
ii. Write the reaction of the substance 'X' named in (i) above with water.
27. In a chemistry laboratory, students were instructed to set up three experiments, details of which are given below: [3]

Experiment
No. Set up details

1. 2 iron nails in a cork capped test tube + Tap water immersing the nails +

2 iron nails in a cork capped test tube + Boiled water immersing the nails + Oil on top of water
2.
layer.
2 iron nails In a cork capped test tube + Cotton wool on top of the iron nails + Granules of
3. calcium chloride on cotton wool.

Indicate the changes observed in the nails kept in all the three setups, with reasons.
28. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
When a more reactive element displaces a less reactive element from its compound, it is called a displacement
reaction. The reaction is of two types. Single displacement reaction and double displacement reaction.
Iron being more reactive than copper displaces copper from an aqueous solution of copper sulphate. This is an
example of a single displacement reaction.
On adding silver nitrate solution to sodium bromide, a yellow ppt of silver bromide and solution of sodium
nitrate is formed. This is an example of a double displacement reaction.
i. When dil. sulphuric acid is added to pieces of iron sulphide, hydrogen sulphide gas is produced and soluble
ferrous sulphate is formed. Which chemical reaction is involved in this process? (1)
ii. Mention reaction which is used for the preparation of oxygen gas in the laboratory. (1)

Page 5 of 15
 iii. What are the products formed in the double displacement reaction discussed below? (2)

OR
Which elements displace aluminum from its salt? (2)

29. i. Name a commercially important carbon compound having functional group -OH and write its molecular [5]
formula.
ii. Write chemical equation to show its reaction with
1. Sodium metal
2. Excess conc. sulphuric acid
3. Ethanoic acid in the presence of an acid catalyst
4. Acidified potassium dichromate

iii. Also write the name of the product formed in each case.
OR
i. Draw the structure of the following compounds:
a. Butanoic acid
b. Chloropentane
ii. How are structure (i) and structure (ii) given below related to one another? Give reason to justify your answer.

Draw one more possible structure for above case.

iii. Differentiate between saturated and unsaturated carbon compounds on the basis of their general formula.
Section C
30. A real image is formed by the light rays after reflection or refraction when they: [1]
A. actually meet or intersect with each other.
B. actually converge at a point.
C. appear to meet when they are produced in the backward direction.

Page 6 of 15
 D. appear to diverge from a point.
Which of the above statements are correct?

a)(A) and (B) b)(B) and (D)

c)(B) and (C) d)(A) and (D)

31. In the following diagram showing dispersion of white light by a glass prism, the colours P and Q respectively [1]
are-

a)Violet and Red b)Orange and Green

c)Red and Blue d)Red and Violet

32. Assertion (A): A direction current flows through a metallic rod, produced a magnetic field only outside the rod. [1]
Reason (R): There is no flow of charge carriers inside the rod.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

33. State reasons to explain these observations. [2]
a. Our eye is more sensitive to yellow colour but even then danger signals are red in colour.
b. Violet colour is seen at the bottom of the spectrum when light is displaced by a prism.

34. [2]
A copper wire has diameter 0.5 mm and resistivity 1.6 × 10-8 Ω m. What will be the length of this wire to make
its resistance 10 Ω? How much does the resistance change if the diameter is doubled?
OR
Several electric bulbs designed to be used on a 220V electric supply line are rated 10W. How many lamps can be
connected in parallel with each other across the two wires of 220V line if the maximum allowable current is 5A?
35. i. A straight cylindrical conductor is suspended with its axis perpendicular to the magnetic field of a horse-shoe [3]
magnet. The conductor gets displaced towards left when a current is passed through it. What will happen to
the displacement of the conductor if the

1. current through it is increased?

2. horse-shoe magnet is replaced by another stronger horse-shoe magnet?
3. direction of current through it is reversed?
ii. Name and state the rule for determining the direction of force on a current carrying conductor in a magnetic
field.
36. Why do we observe difference in colours of the Sun during sunrise, sunset and noon? [3]
37. i. State the rule to determine the direction of a [3]

a. magnetic field produced around a straight conductor carrying current

b. force experienced by a current-carrying straight conductor placed in a magnetic field which is
perpendicular to it, and
c. current induced in a coil due to its rotation in a magnetic field.

Page 7 of 15
 ii. State the purpose for which the following rules are used
a. Right hand thumb rule
b. Fleming's left hand rule
c. Fleming's right hand rule
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
When electric current flows in a purely resistive circuit electrical energy gets fully converted into heat energy.

The amount of heat produced (H) in the circuit is found to be directly proportional to (i) the square of current I2

(ii) the resistance (R) of the conductor and (iii) the time (t) for which current flows. In other words H=I2Rt.
Electrical devices such an electric fuse, electric heater, electric iron etc. are all based on this effect called heating
effect of electric current.
a. List two properties of heating elements. (1)
b. List two properties of electric fuse. (1)
c. Name the principle on which an electric fuse works. Explain how a fuse wire is capable of saving electrical
appliances from getting damaged due to accidently produced high currents. (2)
OR
The power of an electric heater is 1100 W . If the potential difference between the two terminals of the heater
is 220 V , find the current flowing in the circuit. What will happen to an electric fuse of rating 5 A connected
in this circuit? (2)

39. A concave lens of focal length 60 cm is used to form an image of an object of length 9 cm kept at a distance of [5]
30 cm from it. Use lens formula to determine the nature, position and length of the image formed. Also draw
labelled ray diagram to show the image formation in the above case.
OR
i. A person suffering from myopia (near-sightedness) was advised to wear the corrective lens of power -2.5 D. A
spherical lens of the same focal length was taken in the laboratory. At what distance should a student place an
object from this lens so that it forms an image at a distance of 10 cm from the lens?
ii. Draw a ray diagram to show the position and nature of the image formed in the above case.

Page 8 of 15
 Solution

Section A

1.
(c) soaking with filter paper
Explanation:
Filter paper absorbs the extra stain.

2.
(d) Deoxyribose sugar
Explanation:
A nitrogenous base is simply a nitrogen-containing molecule that has the same chemical properties as a base. They are
particularly important since they make up the building blocks of DNA and RNA: adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, and
uracil.

3.
(b) 1% Explanation: The percentage of solar radiation absorbed by all the green plants for the process of photosynthesis is about
one percent. The green plants (producers) use this solar energy for the process of photosynthesis, convert it into food energy and
make the energy available to the rest of the ecosystem.

4.
(c) (ii) and (iv)
Explanation:
Statement (i) is wrong because ribs move outward and the diaphragm is lowered during inhalation.
Similarly, statement (iii) is wrong because hemoglobin has a greater affinity for Oxygen than CO2.

5.
(b) A, C and D
Explanation:
All given ecosystems are terrestrial ecosystems. Forest, grassland and desert are natural ecosystems. An aquarium is an
example of a human-made (artificial) ecosystem.

6.
(c) (i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
Explanation:
It is a condition of severely stunted physical and mental growth owing to untreated congenital deficiency of thyroid
hormone.
Gigantism is a rare condition that causes abnormal growth in children caused by growth hormones.
Protrusion of the eyeball from the orbit, caused by disease, especially hyperthyroidism, or injury.
A disorder of salt and water metabolism marked by intense thirst and heavy urination.

7. (a) Dendrite → cell body → axon → axonal end

Explanation:
Dendrite recieve the stimulus through recptors and transfer to cell body. Long axon passes the impulse to axonal end to transer
to another axon.

Page 9 of 15
 8.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
The fusion of a sperm with an ovum to form a zygote during sexual reproduction is called fertilisation. The zygote is fertilised
ovum or fertilised egg. The zygote grows and develops to form a new baby.

9.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

10. Barrier method: In this method, the fertilisation of the ovum and the sperm is prevented with the help of barriers such as a
condom.
Implants and surgical methods: Contraceptive devices, such as a loop and a copper-T rod, are placed in the uterus to prevent
pregnancy. However, they can cause side effects to the uterus.
Some surgical methods such as vasectomy (blocking of the vas deferens in the male body to prevent the transfer of sperms) and
tubectomy (blocking of fallopian tubes in the female body to prevent the egg from reaching the uterus) can also be used to block
the gamete transfer.
11. i. Harmful effects of plastic bags:
a. Plastics do not undergo degradation, thus stay in soil for many years. This may affect the soil fertility and degrades the soil
quality.
b. When plastic artifacts enter the drainage and sewerage system, they block the pipes and drains causing water logging.
c. Littering of plastics in open spaces creates unhygienic conditions, as it acts as breeding ground for insects and mosquitoes.
We can reduce the use of plastic bags and carry jute bags and paper bags to carry items from the market.
ii. Measures taken for proper disposal of waste produced at our homes are:-
a. Prepare a compost pit for kitchen wastes.
b. Safe disposal of plastic bags.
c. Segregation of biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes.
d. Fruit peels can be placed near trees or plants, which on decomposition will enrich the soil with nutrients.
e. Recycling of paper wastes.
OR
We can calculate the amount of energy present at each trophic level by 10 percent llaw. Energy present in hawks is 20 J, in snakes,
it is 20 × 10 = 200 J, in rats it is 200 × 10 = 2000J and in plants amount of energy is 2000 × 10 = 20000J.
12. Thyroxine hormone needs Iodine for its synthesis. If its amount will be low in the diet then the hormone production will lower
down causing hypothyroidism and goitre.
13. i. RR for homozygous pure round. And rr for homozygous pure wrinkle pea plant.
ii. Rr (hybrid) - heterozygous. All are round since round is dominant over wrinkled.
iii. 3:1 (phenotypic ratio), 1:2:1 (genotypic ratio) The name of this cross is monohybrid cross.
14. Destarching occurs when part of a plant is "deprived of starch, as by translocation". It is also the process of eliminating starch
reserves in a plant for experiments concerning photosynthesis. This is done by leaving the plant in a dark place for a long period
of time.
15. i. i. Flower color (purple or white)
ii. Plant size (tall or dwarf)
ii. In F1 generation round and Yellow seeds were observed that mean round and Yellow are dominant traits.
iii. The traits which were not show in F1 generation were recessive traits that do not show their presence in front of dominant
genes.
Ratio of types if seeds in F2 generation is 9 : 3 : 3 : 1
OR
I. The trait that first appears or is visibly expressed in the organism is called the dominant trait.
II. The trait that is present at the gene level but is masked and does not show itself in the organism is called the recessive trait.
16. a. The sequence of events in the uterus of a human female from fertilisation of egg till childbirth are:

Page 10 of 15
 Uterus prepare itself with the development of a thick lining which is richly supplied with blood to nourish the growing
embryo.
The embryo gets nutrition from mother’s blood with the help of a special tissue called placenta.
Disc like structure in the uterine wall contain villi on the embryo’s side of the tissue and blood spaces/ capillaries from
mother’s sides.
It passes glucose and oxygen from mother to the embryo and waste substances from embryo to the mother.
The child gets developed inside the mother’s body in ninemonths and is born as a result of rhythmic contractions of the
muscles in the uteres.
b. If fertilization of the egg does not occur, the thick and spongy lining of the uterus break and comes out through vagina as
blood and mucous ie mensuration occurs.
OR
i. Pituitary gland secretes growth hormone that regulates the growth and development of the body.
ii. Thyroxin hormone is secreted by the thyroid gland that is responsible for the carbohydrate, protein, and fat metabolism in the
body.
iii. A pair of adrenal glands located on kidneys prepares the body to deal with stress, anxiety, and emergency situations.
iv. The pancreas secretes insulin that regulates our blood sugar levels.
v. Endocrine glands are ductless glands that secrete hormones to regulate many body functions, including growth, development,
reproduction, and metabolism.
Section B
17.
(c) (A), (B) and (D)
Explanation:
(A), (B) and (D)

18. (a) (A)

Explanation:
Soap is basic in nature. Acid dyes are used to dye protein fibres such as silk, wool, angora, mohair, feathers, etc. Hence, soap
doesn’t work well with woolen garments. The soap gets neutralized by the acidic dyes.
19.
(d) 1074 K
Explanation:
The melting point of NaCl is 801oC or 1074 K.

20.
(d) FeSiO3
Explanation:
The sulphide ore of copper-containing iron is mixed with silica before heating in a reverberatory furnace. Iron oxide forms a
slag of iron silicate (FeSiO3).
The reaction is: FeO + SiO2 → FeSiO3

21.
(b) (i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
Explanation:
NaCl has ionic bonds between the sodium ion and the chloride ion.
Ammonia has polar covalent bonds between the nitrogen atom and hydrogen atoms.
Nitrogen molecule has non-polar covalent bonds between the two nitrogen atoms since the two atoms are alike.
C60 is a member of fullerenes (Allotropes of carbon). Buckminsterfullerene contains a cluster of 60 carbon atoms
joined together to form spherical molecules.

Page 11 of 15
22.
(b) C2H5OH
Explanation:
C2H5OH

23.
(c) Combining with water
Explanation:
When water is added to the Plaster of Paris, it sets into a hard mass due to its hydration to form crystals of gypsum.
4 4 2
CaSO.1HO+11 2 HO
2 → CaSO4.2H2O

24. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
25. a. Compound X is Carbon Dioxide (CO2); Compound Y is Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3); Compound Z is Calcium Hydrogen
Carbonate [Ca(HCO3)2 ] .
b. i. CaCO3(s) + 2 HCl (l) → CaCl2 (aq) + H2O (l) + CO2(g)
ii. Ca(OH)2 (aq) + CO2(g) → CaCO3(s) + H2O(l)
Δ
26. i. Fe2O3(s)+2Al(s) ⟶ 2Fe(l)+Al2O3(s)
Iron(III)oxide Aluminium Molten iron Aluminium oxide

The thermite reaction is a displacement reaction.

Δ
ii. 3Mg(s)+N2(g) −→Mg3N2(s)
Magnesium Nitrogen Magnesium nitride

The formation of magnesium nitride as above is a combination reaction.

OR
i. The substance whose solution in water is used for white washing is calcium oxide. Its formula is CaO.
ii. When quicklime is mixed with water, the following reaction takes place:
CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH) 2(aq) + Heat
C al ciu m wat e r Calcium hydroxide
( Qu i ckLIm)e ( Sleked lime )

27.

Test tube 1: Iron nails would get rusted that is corroded as they are exposed to moisture and air.
Test tube 2: Iron nails won't get rusted as they are exposed to water that is devoid of oxygen due to boiling and further the layer
of oil is not letting oxygen come into contact with the water in which nails are immersed.
Test tube 3: Iron nails won't get rusted or corroded because they are not exposed to moisture and air.
28. i. Double displacement reaction
Heat
ii. 2KClO3 −−−−−→ 2KCl (s) + 3O2 (g)
Catalyst
It is a decomposition reaction and endothermic in nature.
iii. Barium Sulphate, Sodium Chloride
OR
Ca elements displace aluminium from its salt.
29. i. Ethanol - C2H5OH

Page 12 of 15
 ii. 1. 2C2 H5OH + 2Na →2C2H5ONa + H2
Sodium Ethoxide
Excess Conc. H2SO4, 443 K
2. C 2H 5OH −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−→ CH2 = CH2 + H2O
Acid Catalyst
3. C 2H 5OH + CH3COOH −−−−−−−−→ CH3COOC2H5 + H2O
Ester
Acid field K2Cr2O7
4. C 2H 5OH −−−−−−−−−−−→ CH
3 COOH
Ethanoicacid

iii. 1. Sodium ethaxide

2. Ethene
3. Ester
4. Ethanoic acid
OR
i. a. Structure of butanoic acid (C3H7COOH)
H H H O
| | |
|
H−C−C−C−C=OH
| | |
H H H
b. Structure of Chloropentane
H H H Cl H
| | | | |
H−C−C−C−C−C=H
| | | | |
H H H H H
ii. Structure (i) is 2,3-dimethylbutane, whereas Structure (ii) is 2,2-dimethylbutane. Both are isomers of the compound with the
chemical formula C6H14.
iii. Unsaturated carbon compounds always follow the general formula CnH2n if there is a carbon-carbon double bond and formula
CnH2n-2 if there is a carbon-carbon triple bond. Saturated carbon compounds always follow the general formula CnH2n+2.
Section C
30. (a) (A) and (B)
Explanation:
(A) and (B)
31. (a) Violet and Red
Explanation:
The splitting of white light into its constituent colours is known as light dispersion. The spectrum is the band of seven colours
produced by splitting white light. All of the constituent colours of white light have the same velocity in vacuum, but their
velocity changes when they pass through a transparent 'medium' like a glass prism. Different colours are diverted by different
angles on the prism's initial face. Violet's minimum speed is deviated by the maximum angle, whereas red's maximum speed is
distorted by the minimum angle. As a result, the letters 'P' and 'Q' are violet and crimson, respectively.

32.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
In the case of metallic rod, the charge carries flow through the whole of the cross-section. Therefore, the magnetic field exists
both inside as well as outside. However, the magnetic field inside the rod will go on decreasing as we go towards the axis.

33. a. An object is seen only when the light illuminating it is reflected and reach our eye. According to Rayleigh's scattering Law,
the intensity of scattered light ∝1. Since yellow colour has small wavelength than red colour, so scattering of yellow colour
λ4
is more than the red colour. It means signal is illuminated more brightly by the red colour than the yellow colour. Hence, the
signals can be seen easily from a longer distance. Therefore, red colour is used for danger signals than yellow colour.
b. In the visible spectrum, violet light have the shortest [Link], it has the highest refractive index. Therefore,
when white light is passed through the prism, it split into its seven colours to give visible spectrum and violet colour having
the shortest wavelength deviated the most.

34. d = 0.5 mm = 0.5 × 10-3m = 5 × 10-4m; ρ = 1.6 × 10-8Ω m, l = ?; R = 10Ω

2 ( 5×10−42)
l=
Rπd
= 10 ×22×
4ρ 4 −8
1. 6× 10
7

Page 13 of 15
 ρ ρl 4ρl
R= l = πd2
= πd2
A 4
220 25
l= 28 × 1.6 = 122.77
m
If the diameter of wire is doubled, resistance will become
1
4 th of the original (since R ∝ 1
A
or R ∝ 1
d
2 ).
Decrease of resistance will be 10 -410 = 7.5Ω
OR
Let current through each bulb be I.
P = VI, 10 = 220 I
I = 1A
22
Let n such bulbs be connected in series.
Current through n bulbs = 5A
n (current in 1 bult) = 5
n122= 5
n = 110
110 such bulbs can be lighted within allowable limit of 5A.
35. i. 1. The force acting on a current-carrying conductor placed perpendicular to a magnetic field increases with the increase in
the current flowing through a conductor.
2. When a horseshoe magnet is replaced by a stronger magnet, then the magnetic field increases. Thus, the force acting on
the conductor increases.
3. If the length of the conductor increases then the force acting on the conductor also increases.
ii. Fleming's left hand rule: Stretch the forefinger, middle finger and the thumb of your left hand mutually perpendicular to each
other. If the forefinger indicates the direction of magnetic field and the middle finger indicates the direction of current, then
the thumb will indicate the direction of motion of conductor.
36. This is because of scattering of light near the horizon, most of the blue light and shorter wavelengths are scattered away by the
particles present in the atmosphere during sunrise and sunset. So, the light that reaches our eyes is of longer wavelength (e.g. red).
This gives rise to the reddish appearance of the sky. But during the day sun appears white as sun is near the surface of earth nearly
overhead, thus the sunlight passes through much smaller distance and thus the scattering is much less and sun appears white.
37. i. a. Right hand thumb rule will determine the direction of a magnetic field around a straight conductor carrying current.
b. Fleming's left had rule will determine the direction of a force experienced by a current-carrying straight conductor placed
in a magnetic field which is perpendicular to it.
c. Fleming's right hand rule will determine the direction of current induced in a coil due to its rotation in a magnetic field.
ii. a. The right-hand thumb rule is used to find the directions of the magnetic field around a current-carrying straight
conductor.
b. Fleming's left-hand rule (motor rule): helps in understanding the direction of the magnetic force acting on a conductor.
c. Fleming's right-hand rule (dynamo rule) helps in understanding the direction of induced current when a conductor
moves in a magnetic field.
38. a. Higher resistivity than pure metals
Do not oxidise (burn) at high temperature.
b. Higher resistivity than pure metals
Low melting point.
c. Heating effect of electric current
When high current flows in the circuit accidently, the fuse wire melts and breaks the circuit.
OR
P = 1100 W; V = 220 V, I = ?
P = VI
P 1100 W
I= V
= =5 A
220 V

No effect onthe fuse of5A rating.

39. Concave lens-
focal length (f)=−60 cm
Object length (h)=9 c m
Object distance ( u ) = − 3 0 cm

Page 14 of 15
Lens formula, 1−1=1
v u f
1 = 1 + 1
v f u
−1+ ( −1 )
v= 60 30
m=v=−20=2
u
⇒
−30 3
h′
m= h′=m×h
h′= h
2
3 ×9
h′=6 cm
Image is virtual, erect and smaller than object.

OR
i. Given:
distanceofimagefromthe lens, i = 10 cm
powerofthelens,P=-25 D
Nowthefocusofthelens:
1
P=
f
where:
f = focallength
1
−25=
f
f = -0.04m=-4cm
Fromtheequationoflens:
1 1 1
f
= +
i o
where: o = distance
oftheobject
−
+11= 1
4 10 o
20
ρ=− 7 cm [Link] sign means that the image formed is on the same side as that of the object.
ii.

Page 15 of 15
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 09

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. An organism which breaks down the food material outside the body and then absorbs it is [1]

a)a bacteria, Rhizobium b)a plant parasite, Cuscuta

c)an animal parasite, Tapeworm d)a fungi, Rhizopus

2. A cross made between two pea plants produces 50% tall and 50% short pea plants. The gene combination of the [1]
parental pea plants must be

a)Tt and Tt b)TT and Tt

c)Tt and tt d)TT and tt

3. Match the following with correct response. [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Junction between neuron (a) Thermoreceptors

(ii) The largest cell in the human body (b) Neuron

(iii) Sense organs for smell (c) Synapse

(iv) Sense organs for touch (d) Olfactory receptors

a)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b) b)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)

c)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) d)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)
4. Sensory nerve of a reflex arc carries information from the receptor cells to the: [1]

a)brain b)bones of the receptor organ

c)spinal cord d)muscles of the effector organ

5. Which one of the following is not an advantage of building large dams? [1]

a)Generation of electricity b)Use in growth of water intensive crops

c)Adequate storage of water d)Decrease in biological diversity

Page 1 of 16
 6. During vigorous exercise, the occurrence of cramps in the outer muscles of an athlete is due to the conversion of [1]
pyruvate to:

a) Lactose b) Glucose

c)Lactic acid d)Ethanol

7. The part of seed which is a source of food during germination of seed is: [1]

a) Radicle b) Plumule

c) Cotyledon d) Embryo
8. Slides A and B show stages of asexual reproduction in two different organisms. [1]

The slides A and B are depicting

a)Binary fission in Yeast and budding in b)Budding in both Amoeba and Yeast
Amoeba

c)Binary fission in Amoeba and budding in d)Binary fission in both Amoeba and Yeast
Yeast
9. Assertion (A): Each human trait is influenced by both paternal and maternal DNA. [1]
Reason (R): As compared to the father, the mother contributes more amount of genetic material to the child.

a)Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true b)Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true,
and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of but Reason (R) is not the correct
the Assertion (A). explanation of the Assertion (A).

c)Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is d)Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is
false. true.

10. i. What is meant by pollination? [2]

ii. Name and differentiate between the two modes of pollination in flowering plants.

11. i. From the following group of organisms create a food chain which is the most advantageous for Human [2]
beings in terms of energy.

ii. State the possible disadvantage if the cereal plant is growing in soil rich in pesticides.
iii. Construct a food web using the organisms mentioned above.
OR
List two reasons to show that the existence of decomposers is essential in an ecosystem.
12. Trace the sequence of events which occur when a bright light is focused on your eyes. [2]
13. A red-eyed individual is crossed with a white-eyed individual to produce F1 progeny with red eyes. When F1 [3]

individuals are intercrossed, F2 progeny is formed with both red as well as white-eyed individuals.

a. How is the dominant trait identified?

b. What are recessive traits?

Page 2 of 16
 c. If 12 individuals are produced in F2 generation, then how many white-eyed individuals would be obtained?
Calculate the ratio of red-eyed individuals to white-eyed individuals.

14. a. Explain the surgical method of contraception used by (i) males, and (ii) females to prevent fertilisation. [3]
b. Write the role of oral pills taken by women as a contraceptive.
15. If a plant is releasing carbon dioxide and taking in oxygen during the day, does it mean that there is no [4]
photosynthesis occurring? Justify your Answer.
16. a. List three different categories of contraception methods. [5]
b. Why has Government of India prohibited prenatal sex determination by law? State its benefits in the long
run.
c. Unsafe sexual act can lead to various infections. Name two bacterial and two viral infections caused due to
unsafe sex.
OR
What constitutes the central and peripheral nervous systems? How are the components of central nervous system
protected? Which signals will get disrupted in case of a spinal cord injury?
Section B
17. Find the incorrect statement: [1]
A. The pH of the stomach is approximately 4.5
B. Plants grow well in natural soil
C. The pH of acid rain is nearly 5.6
D. The pH of rainwater is nearly 7

a)Statement (B) b)Statement (D)

c)Statement (C) d)Statement (A)

18. Which of the given statement is true or false: [1]
Statement A: Valeric acid is the common name of hexane.
Statement B: Glycerol is added in the manufacturing of soap.

a)Statement B is true and statement A is false b)Neither statement A nor statement B is false

c)Both the statements A and B are false d)Statement A is true and statement B is false
19. A metal X is used in thermit process. When X is heated with oxygen, it gives an oxide Y, which is amphoteric in[1]
nature. X and Y respectively are:

a)Fe, Fe2O3 b)Mg, MgO

c)Mn, MnO2 d)Al, Al2O3

20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Welding (a) Ethyl alcohol

(ii) Fuel in a spirit lamp (b) Ester

(iii) Lime water turns milky (c) Carbon dioxide

(iv) Fruity smell (d) Ethyne and oxygen

Page 3 of 16
 a)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)b)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) c)(i) - (b), (ii) -

(d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)d)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
21. The following diagram shows the electrolytic refining of copper: [1]

Which of the following statements is incorrect description of the process?

a)The impure metal from the anode dissolves b)Insoluble impurities settle down at the
into the electrolyte. bottom of the anode.

c)On passing the current through the d)The pure metal from the electrolyte is
electrolyte, the pure metal from the anode deposited on the cathode.
dissolves into the electrolyte.
22. Consider the structures of the three cyclic carbon compounds A, B and C given below and select the correct [1]
option from the following:

a)A and C are isomers of hexane and B is b)A is a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon and B
benzene. and C are unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbons.

c)A is an isomer of hexane, B is benzene and d)A is cyclohexane and B and C are the
C is an isomer of hexene. isomers of benzene.
23. Which of the following gives the correct increasing order of acidic strength? [1]
a. Sodium chloride < Acetic acid < Hydrochloric acid
b. Sodium chloride < Hydrochloric acid < Acetic acid
c. Acetic acid < Sodium chloride < Hydrochloric acid
d. Hydrochloric acid < Sodium chloride < Acetic acid

a)Sodium chloride < Acetic acid < b)Acetic acid < Sodium chloride <
Hydrochloric acid Hydrochloric acid

c)Hydrochloric acid < Sodium chloride < d)Sodium chloride < Hydrochloric acid <
Acetic acid Acetic acid
24. Which of the following substances produce hydrogen on reacting with metals? [1]

Page 4 of 16
 a)Water (H2O) b)C2H5OH

c)H2SO4 d)All of these

25. What will be the action of the following substances on litmus paper? [2]
i. Dry HCl gas
ii. Moistened NH3 gas
iii. Curd
iv. Soap solution.
26. Silver chloride kept in a china dish turns grey in sunlight. [3]
a. Write the colour of silver chloride when it was kept in the china dish.
b. Name the type of chemical reaction taking place and write the chemical equation for the reaction.
c. State one use of the reaction. Name one more chemical which can be used for the same purpose.
OR
Explain the following in terms of gain or loss of oxygen with two examples each:
a. Oxidation
b. Reduction
27. Pratyush took sulphur powder on a spatula and heated it. He collected the gas evolved by inverting a test tube [3]
over it.
What will be the action of gas on
i. Dry litmus paper?
ii. Moist litmus paper?
Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction taking place.
28. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
More than three million carbon compounds have been discovered in the field of chemistry. The diversity of these
compounds is due to the capacity of carbon atoms for bonding with one another as well as with other atoms.
Most of the carbon compounds are poor conductors of electricity and have low melting and boiling points.
a. Write the molecular formula of first two members of homologous series having functional group -Br. (1)
b. Given below are the formulae of some functional groups: (1)

Write the name of these functional groups.

c. What would be observed on adding a 5% alkaline potassium permanganate drop by drop to some warm
ethanol taken in a test tube? State the role of KMnO4 in the reaction and write the chemical equation for the
reaction involved. (2)
OR
Write the name of the compound formed when ethanol is heated at 443 K temperature with excess of conc.
H2SO4. What is the role of conc. H2SO4 in the reaction? Write the chemical equation for the reaction
involved. (2)

OR
Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow:
Two allotropic forms of carbon which are crystalline in nature, are diamond and graphite. They differ physically but

Page 5 of 16
 chemically they are similar. Diamond is the hardest crystalline form of carbon. In diamond, each carbon atom is
linked to four other carbon atoms by covalent bonds. In graphite, each carbon atom is linked to three other carbon
atoms by covalent bond. Graphite is relatively soft and greasy. It is also a good conductor of electricity. The C-C
bond length in graphite is 141.5 pm while in diamond it is 154 pm.

i. Which is a good conductor of heat and electricity- graphite or diamond? Explain. (1)
ii. Which binding force is present in the structure of diamond? (1)
iii. Why Diamond is not a good conductor of electricity and heat? (2)
OR
Draw the structure of diamond showing bond between carbons. (2)
29. In an industrial process used for the manufacture of sodium hydroxide, a gas A is formed as a by-product. The [5]
gas A reacts with lime water to give a compound B which is used as a bleaching agent in the chemical industry.
Identify A and B. Also give the chemical equations of the reactions involved.
OR
Explain chlor-alkali process and write balanced chemical equations for the reactions that occur. Name the gases
obtained at the anode and cathode respectively. Mention two uses each of the two gases obtained in the above
process.
Section C
30. An old person is unable to see clearly nearby objects as well as distant object. To correct the vision, what kind of [1]
lens will he require?

a)Concave lens b)Convex lens

c)Bifocal lens whose upper portion is convex d)Bifocal lens whose upper portion is concave
lens and lower portion is concave lens lens and lower portion is convex lens
31. Assertion (A): As the temperature of a medium increases the refractive index decreases. [1]
Reason (R): When a ray travels from a vacuum to a medium, then μ is known as the absolute refractive index of
the medium. (μvacuum = 1).

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

32. Figure shows the magnetic field lines between the two faces A and B of two magnets. [1]

a)Both faces A and B of two bar magnets are b)Face A is south pole while face B is north
North pole. pole.

c)Both faces A and B of two bar magnets are d)One direction at any point in space
South pole.
33. A teacher gives a convex lens and a concave mirror of focal length of 20 cm each to his student and asks him to [2]
find their focal lengths by obtaining the image of a distant object. The student uses a distant tree as the object
and obtains its sharp image, one by one, on a screen. The distances d1 and d2 between the lens/mirror and the
screen in the two cases and the nature of their respective sharp images are likely to be

a. (20 cm, 40 cm) and (erect and erect)

Page 6 of 16
 b. (20 cm, 40 cm) and (inverted and inverted)
c. (20 cm, 20 cm) and (inverted and inverted)
d. (20 cm, 40 cm) and (erect and inverted)

Give reason for your answer.

34. An electric lamp, whose resistance is 20 Ω, and a conductor of 4 Ω resistance are connected to a 6 V battery. [2]
Draw the circuit diagram. Calculate (a) the total resistance of the circuit, and (b) the current through the circuit.
OR
The rest position of the needles in a milliammeter and voltmeter, not in use, are as shown in Figure A. When a
student uses these instruments in his experiment, the readings of the needles are in the positions shown in Figure B.
Determine the correct values of current and voltage the student should use in his calculations.

35. 1. Write the function of each of the following parts of human eye : cornea, iris, crystalline lens, ciliary muscles. [3]
2. Millions of people of the developing countries of world are suffering from corneal blindness. These people
can be cured by replacing the defective cornea with the cornea of a donated eye.
A charitable society of your city has organised a campaign in your neighbourhood in order to create
awareness about this fact.
If you are asked to participate in this mission how would you contribute in this noble cause?

1. State the objective of organising such campaigns.

2. List two arguments which you would give to motivate the people to donate their eyes after death.
3. List two values which are developed in the persons who actively participate and contribute in such
programme.
36. Find out the following in the electric circuit given in Figure [3]

i. The effective resistance of two 8 Ω resistors in the combination

ii. Current flowing through 4 Ω resistor
37. a. Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines produced by a current carrying circular loop showing the direction [3]
of current in the loop and the direction of the magnetic field lines.
b. State the rule which can be applied to know the direction of magnetic field lines in the above case.
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
How do we express electric current? Electric current is defined by the amount of charge flowing through a
particular area in unit time. In other words, it is the rate of flow of electric charges. In circuits using metallic
wires, electrons constitute the flow of charges. However, electrons were not known at the time when the
phenomenon of electricity was first observed. So, electric current was considered to be the flow of positive
charges and the direction of flow of positive charges was taken to be the direction of electric current.

Page 7 of 16
 Conventionally, in an electric circuit, the direction of electric current is taken as opposite to the direction of the
flow of electrons, which are negative charges.

i. If a net charge Q, flows across any cross-section of a conductor in time t, then the current I, through the
cross-section is given by which formula? (1)
ii. What is the SI unit of electric charge? It is equivalent to how many numbers of electrons? (1)
iii. The electric current is expressed in which unit? Define the unit used to measure electric current. (2)
OR
If the amount of charge passing through the cell in 4 seconds is 12 C then find the current supplied by a cell.
(2)

39. a. List four characteristics of the image formed by a concave lens of focal length 20 cm when the object is [5]
placed at a distance of 40 cm from its optical centre.
b. The size of image of an object by a convex lens of focal length 20 cm is observed to be reduced to 1rd of its
3
size. Find the distance of the object from the optical centre of the lens.
OR
i. A concave mirror of focal length 10 cm can produce a magnified real as well as virtual image of an object placed
in front of it. Draw ray diagrams to justify this statement.
ii. An object is placed perpendicular to the principal axis of a convex mirror of focal length 10 cm. The distance of
the object from the pole of the mirror is 10 cm. Find the position of the image formed.

Page 8 of 16
 Solution

Section A

1.
(d) a fungi, Rhizopus
Explanation:
a fungi, Rhizopus breakdown food outside body.

2.
(c) Tt and tt
Explanation:
Tt Tall plant and tt short plant.

3.
(d) (i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)
Explanation:
In the nervous system, a synapse is a structure which serves as Junction between neuron that permits a neuron to pass
an electrical or chemical signal to another neuron.
A neuron is an electrically excitable cell that processes and transmits information through electrical and chemical
signals that is why it is the largest cell in the human body.
Olfactory receptors are responsible for the detection of odorants which give rise to the sense of smell.
Thermoreceptors are able to detect heat and cold and are found throughout the skin in order to allow sensory reception
throughout the body.

4.
(c) spinal cord
Explanation:
A reflex action, or reflex, is an automatic reaction to a stimulus that is not under conscious control. A reflex arc is a neural
pathway that mediates a reflex action. The Central Nervous System (CNS), which is composed of the brain and spinal cord,
receives data from the receptor cell via the sensory nerve of a reflex arc. The sensory nerve fibres in the body terminate in the
spinal cord, where motor neurons that control the effector organ share synapses with interneurons to transmit information.

5.
(d) Decrease in biological diversity
Explanation:
Decrease in biological diversity

6.
(c) Lactic acid
Explanation:
During vigorous exercise, the occurrence of cramps in the outer muscles of an athlete is due to the conversion of pyruvate to
Lactic acid

7.
(c) Cotyledon
Explanation:
Cotyledon

Page 9 of 16
 8.
(c) Binary fission in Amoeba and budding in Yeast
Explanation:
Amoeba is a very good example of the organism which reproduces by binary fission.
Yeast is an example of unicellular organism which reproduces by budding.
These are the correct stages of asexual reproduction in the organisms.

9.
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Explanation:
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.

10. Pollination is the process of the transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of the flower. Which is achieved by the help
of either biotic or abiotic factors. Such as insects (entomophily), wind (anemophily), water (hydrophily) etc. Agent are known as
pollinators.
There are two modes of pollination in flowering plants:
i. Self-pollination
ii. Cross-pollination
Difference between self-pollination and cross-pollination are:
Self-pollination Cross-pollination

In this, the pollen grain from the stamen of a flower is transferred

In this, the pollen
transferred grain from
to the stigma of a the stamen
different of a flower
flower. Whichisis
to the stigma of the same flower which is Autogamy. known as Xenogamy.
Which leads to development of new variety.
Also, pollen grains from the stamen of one flower is transferred to
the stigma of another flower of the same plant which is known as
Geitonogamy.

11. i. Short food chains are more efficient in terms of energy. The shorter the food chain is, more is the available amount of energy.
Cereal Plant → Human being
ii. Harmful for human consumption as the traces of pesticide will be carried by food.

iii.

OR
Microorganisms like bacteria and fungi which helps in the breakdown of organic matter or biomass of dead plants and animals
into simple inorganic raw materials and replenish the environment are termed as decomposers. Their existence is thus, essential in
an ecosystem because
i. They help in the natural replenishment of soil.
ii. They help in keeping the environment clean as they reduce environmental pollution.
12. Receptor Cells of eyes/retina → Sensory Neuron → Brain / CNS → Motor Neuron → Eye Muscles → Pupil contracts / Eye lids
close/blink
13. a. The dominant trait is identified by observing its expression in the F1 generation.
b. The recessive trait is the one that is masked in the presence of the dominant trait and only expressed in the homozygous
recessive state.

Page 10 of 16
 c. The ratio of red-eyed to white-eyed individuals is 3:1

14. a. i. The surgical method of birth control for men is called vasectomy in which a small portion of the vas deferens is cut and
their ends are sealed to prevent sperms from coming out.
ii. Tubectomy: A small portion of the female fallopian tube is removed, and ends are tied with a nylon thread, preventing
egg transport into the uterus.
b. Oral contraceptive pills:
i. The oral contraceptive pill, also recognized as the birth control pill or merely "the pill," is a form of birth control that is
taken into the body by women.
ii. Contraceptive pills (birth control pills) are estrogen medications that are taken orally.
iii. They prevent pregnancy by delaying ovulation and sperm from passing through the cervix.
15. If plant is releasing carbon dioxide and taking in oxygen during the day, it means that respiration is happening in plant. But it does
not mean that photosynthesis is not happening. Carbon dioxide released after respiration comes out of stomata. For
photosynthesis, the plant takes in carbon dioxide from atmosphere. In other words, plant does not depend on respiration for carbon
dioxide for photosynthesis.
16. a. a. Barrier method: Where physical barriers like condoms (worn over penis), diaphragm (used by females), cervical cap and
copper-T (an IUCD) are used.
b. Chemical method: Spermicidal applications by women, vaginal pills or oral contraceptive pills (OCPs) are used. OCPs
are hormonal preparations which alter the hormonal level in female body. Use of OCPs is not meant for males.
c. Surgical method: Portion of vas deferens in male (vasectomy) or portion of fallopian tube in females (tubectomy) is cut
or ligated. This stops release of gametes, preventing fertilisation.
b. Selective Medical Termination of Pregnancy (MTP) of female foetus using amniocentesis is the main reason behind decline
female-male sex ratio in our country. This is because many sections of our society considered girl child as a burden. That is
why Government of India prohibited prenatal sex determination by law.
Its benefits in the long run:
Generating awareness about girls being equal helping hands in the family income.
Banning prenatal sex determination tests.
Banning certain ill practices in our society like dowry system.
c. Bacterial diseases transmitted through sexual contact:
(i) Gonorrhoea (ii) Syphilis
Viral diseases : (i) Warts (ii) HIV-AIDS
OR
Central - Brain and Spinal cord: The central nervous system consists of the brain and spinal cord. The brain is the control center
of the nervous system and is responsible for processing sensory information, initiating voluntary movements, regulating
involuntary functions (such as heartbeat and respiration), and higher cognitive functions (such as thinking, memory, and
emotions).
Peripheral - cranial nerves and spinal nerves: The peripheral nervous system consists of all the nerves and ganglia (clusters of
nerve cell bodies) outside of the brain and spinal cord. The PNS connects the central nervous system to the rest of the body,
including muscles, glands, and sensory organs.
Protection of the Components of the Central Nervous System:
The brain is protected by the skull, a hard and bony structure that surrounds and encases the brain tissue, providing
physical protection against external trauma.

Page 11 of 16
 The spinal cord is surrounded by a series of protective membranes called meninges, which provide additional cushioning
and support. The three layers of meninges are the dura mater (outer layer), arachnoid mater (middle layer), and pia mater
(inner layer). Signals Disrupted in Case of Spinal Cord Injury:
A spinal cord injury disrupts the transmission of nerve signals between the brain and the rest of the body, leading to
various impairments depending on the location and severity of the injury.
Motor signals: Damage to the spinal cord can result in paralysis or weakness of muscles below the level of injury, leading
to loss of voluntary movement and control. Sensory signals: Spinal cord injury can also cause loss of sensation, including
touch, temperature, and proprioception (awareness of body position and movement).

Section B
17.
(d) Statement (A)
Explanation:
The human stomach produces gastric juices which contain hydrochloric acid in them resulting in a pH of 1.4.

18.
(c) Both the statements A and B are false
Explanation:
Valeric acid is another name for pentanoic acid. Soaps are sodium or potassium salts of long-chain fatty acids. When
triglycerides in fat/oil react with aqueous NaOH or KOH, they are converted into soap and glycerol.

19.
(d) Al,
Al2O3
Explanation:
Al, Al2O3

20.
(d) (i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)
Explanation:
The oxyacetylene welding process uses a combination of ethyne (C2H2) and oxygen gas to provide a high-temperature
flame. It is commonly used to permanently join mild steel.
Alcohol meant for industrial purposes (fuel for spirit lamps) is made unfit for human consumption by adding small
amounts (about 5%) of methanol to alcohol. The mixture is known as denatured spirit or denatured alcohol.
Carbon dioxide turns lime water turns milky due to the formation of insoluble calcium carbonate.
Esters have a fruity smell and are used in perfumes and cosmetics due to their characteristic odour.

21.
(c) On passing the current through the electrolyte, the pure metal from the anode dissolves into the electrolyte.
Explanation:
When current is passed through the electrolyte, the impure metal from the anode is dissolved in the electrolyte and an equal
amount of pure metal from the electrolyte is deposited on the cathode.

22. (a) A and C are isomers of hexane and B is benzene.

Explanation:
A and C are isomers of hexane and B is benzene.
23. (a) Sodium chloride < Acetic acid < Hydrochloric acid
Explanation:
Since NaCl is neutral, acetic acid is weak, and HCl is strong, the correct order is: Sodium chloride < Acetic acid <
Hydrochloric acid

Page 12 of 16
24.
(d) All of these Explanation: All of these produce hydrogen on reacting with metals.
Metal + Water → Metal hydroxide + Hydrogen
Metal + Steam → Metal oxide + Hydrogen (only those metals displace hydrogen from water (or steam) which are
above hydrogen in the reactivity series.
Metal + Acid → Metal salt + Hydrogen
2C2H5OH + Na → 2C2H5ONa + H2 (This reaction is used as a test for ethanol).

25. i. No change in colour will be seen as dry HCl will not liberate H+ ions.
ii. It will turn red litmus paper to blue because moistened NH3 gas will form Ammonium Hydroxide (NH4OH).
iii. Curd will turn blue litmus paper into the red as it contains lactic acid.
iv. Soap solution will turn red litmus paper to blue as it is basic in nature.
26. a. White colour
b. The chemical reaction is as:
2AgCl(s) ⟶ 2Ag(s) + Cl2(g)
This is a decomposition chemical reaction.
c. One major application of decomposition reactions is in the extraction of metals from their ores. For example, zinc can be
obtained from calamine by subjecting it to a decomposition reaction. In a similar manner, sodium can be obtained from
sodium chloride (NaCl).
OR
Oxidation- Addition ofoxygen or removal of hydrogen in a chemical reaction is called oxidation reaction. For example:
2CuO+ 2 → 2 CuO
4AlO 3 2 → 2 AlO
+ 2 3
Reduction- Addition ofhydrogen or removal of oxygen in a chemical reaction is called reduction reaction. For example:
CuOH+ 2 → Cu+H2O
HSCl
2 + 2 → 2 HCl + S
27. The gas is sulphur-dioxide (SO2)
i. It will not react with dry litmus paper.
ii. The gas will bleach moist litmus paper.
The balanced chemical equation is
heat
S+O2⟶ 2 SO
28. a. CH3Br
C2H5Br
b. Aldehyde
Ketone
c. The colour of KMnO4 disappears;
KMnO4 acts as an oxidizing agent.
Alkaline KMnO
4 +Heat
CHCHOH−−−−−−−−−−−−−→CHCOOH
3 2 3
OR
Ethene
Conc. H2SO4 acts as a dehydrating agent.
Conc. H2 SO
4 +Heat
C2H5OH−−−−−−−−−−−→CH2=CH2+H2O
443K
OR
i. Graphite is the good conductor of heat and electricity because In graphite one carbon atom is attached to three other carbon
atoms. One electron of carbon remains free. Due to this free valence electron graphite is an thermal and electrical conductor.
ii. Covalent bonding is present between carbon atoms in diamond i.e. they share their electrons with each other.

Page 13 of 16
 iii. In diamond, one carbon is attached to four other carbon atoms hence it has no free electron. So it do not show heating and
electrical conductivity.
OR

29. In the manufacture of sodium hydroxide (Chlor-alkali process), hydrogen gas and chlorine gas are formed as by-products. The
chemical equation for the reaction is as follows:-
2NaCl (aq) + 2 H 2O (l ) → 2 NaOH (aq ) + Cl 2( g) + H(g)
2
Gas 'A', which is formed as by-product and which also reacts withlime water (calcium hydroxide) to form calcium oxy-chloride is
thus, chlorine. Gas A is not hydrogen. Calcium oxy-chloride is usedas a bleaching agent in the chemical industry. The chemical
equation for the formation of calcium oxy-chloride is as follows:-
(
CaOH ) 2 ( s ) + Cl 2( g) → CaOCl 2( s ) + H 2O (l )
Therefore, gas 'A' is chlorine gas (Cl 2 ) and 'B' is calciumoxy-chloride (bleaching powder).
OR
Chlor-akali process - When electricity is passed through aqueous solution of sodium chloride (brine), it decomposes to
form sodium hydroxide, chlorine and hydrogen.
2NaCl (aq) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH + Cl2 + H2
Anode - Chlorine gas/Cl2
Cathode - Hydrogen gas/H2
Cl2
1. Used in the preparation of bleaching powder.
2. To make drinking water free from germs or any other.
H2
1. Used in the manufacture of ammonia fertilisers.
2. Used in fuels and margarine.
Section C
30.
(d) Bifocal lens whose upper portion is concave lens and lower portion is convex lens
Explanation:
The upper portion (concave lens) facilitates distant vision and the lower portion (convex lens) facilitates near vision.

31.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

32.
(d) One direction at any point in space
Explanation:
Because magnetic field lines are directed from north to south .Which implies face of A is north and that of B is south and If
field lines ever intersect at any point, there will be two tangents to the field line curve at that point, which is contradictory, as
there can only be one net magnetic field vector having only one direction at any point in space.

33. (c) (20 cm, 20 cm) and (inverted and inverted)

Reason: Only real and inverted image can be obtained on the screen.

Page 14 of 16
34. Figure: An electric lamp connected in series with a resistor of 4 Ω to a 6 V battery.

a. The resistance of electric lamp, R1 = 20 Ω,

The resistance of the conductor connected in series, R2 = 4 Ω. Then the total
resistance in the circuit R =R1 + R2 Rs = 20 Ω + 4 Ω = 24 Ω. The total
potential difference across the two terminals of the battery V = 6 V.
b. Now by Ohm’s law, the current through the circuit is given by I = V/Rs = 6 V/24 Ω = 0.25 A.
OR
The correct values of current and voltage the student should use in his calculations are 38 mA, 3.2 V
35. 1. Functions of following parts of human eye are given below :
1. Cornea - It is a thin membrane which provides 67% of the eye's focussing power.
2. Iris - It controls amount of light entering the eye by controlling the size of pupil similar to the aperture of a camera which
has capacity to decrease or increase the amount of light entering eye.
3. Crystalline lens - It helps to focus light on retina for image formation.
4. Ciliary muscles - It contracts and relax in order to change the lens shape for focussing image at retina. when it contracts
the lens become thicker and when it relaxes the lens become flat.
2. 1. The objective of organising such compaigns is to guide, educate and help those people who are suffering from corneal
blindness that they can be cured by corneal replacement surgery.
2. 1. Come to participate in this campaign because, if someone get his vision through your eyes, it is an incredible help.
2. As eye is one of the most valuable sense organs through which an individual can achieve so many things in his/her life,
so try to realise the situation that these people are sufferinng from.
3. The persons who actively participate and contribute in such programme are strong hearted and very much helpful for the
people living in such situations.
36. Given :-
Resistor, R₁ = 4 Ω
Resistor, R₂ = 8 Ω
Resistor, R₃ = 8 Ω
Potential Difference, V = 8 volts.
i. Since two 8Ω resistances are in parallel, their effective resistance (Rp) is given by 1=1+1+1 or R’ = 4Ω
R′ 8 8 4
ii. The total resistance in the circuit, R=4Ω+Rp=4Ω+4Ω=8Ω
Current through the electric circuit, I=V=8=2A
4
R
Since 4Ω resistor and Rp are in series, the current through 4Ω resistors = 1A.
37. a.

b. Right Hand Thumb Rule:- When a current carrying straight conductor is held in the right hand in such a way that the thumb
points towards the direction of the current, then the fingers will wrap around the conductor in the direction of the field lines of

Page 15 of 16
 the magnetic field
38. i. If a net charge Q, flows across any cross-section of a conductor in time 't', then the current 'I', through the cross-section is
given by I = Q
T
ii. The SI unit of electric charge is the coulomb (C), which is equivalent to the charge contained in nearly 6 × 1018 electrons.
iii. The electric current is expressed by a unit called ampere (A). One ampere is constituted by the flow of one coulomb of charge
per second.
OR
Q 12
I= t
= 4 = 3A
39. i. Virtual
Erect
Diminished
On the same side of the object
ii. Focal Length = 20cm.
u = -x cm
v = x3
1 1 1
v − u
= f

x = 80 cm
Hence, the distance of the object from the optical centre of the lens is 80 cm.
OR
a. A concave mirror of focal length f = 10 cm can produce a magnified real image if an object is placed between F and C (i.e.,
when 20 cm > u > 10 cm) as shown in Fig. (a). However, the same mirror may form a magnified virtual image when object is
placed between P and F (i.e., u < 10 cm) as shown in Fig. (b).

b. Here focal length of convex mirror f= + 10 cm, distance of the object from the pole u = -10 cm
As per formula,
1 + 1 = 1
v
u f
, wehave
1
v = 1 − 1 = 1
− 1
f u +10 −10
= 1 + 1 = 1

⇒ v = +5 cm
10 10 5

Thus, image is formed behind the mirror at 5 cm from the pole of mirror.

Page 16 of 16
 Class X Session 2025-26
Subject - Science
Sample Question Paper - 10

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:

1. This question paper consists of 39 questions in 3 sections. Section A is Biology, Section B is Chemistry and

Section C is Physics.
2. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice is provided in some questions. A student is expected to

attempt only one of these questions.

Section A
1. As compared to daytime, the amount of carbon dioxide released by the plants during night is more because: [1]

a)Plants do not respire during daytime. b)It is not produced during daytime.

c)It is stored in the leaves of plants during d)Major amount of carbon dioxide produced
daytime. is used up for photosynthesis during
daytime.
2. In a cross between pure tall pea plants (TT) and pure dwarf pea plants (tt) the offsprings of F1 generation were [1]

all tall. When F1 generation was self-crossed, the gene combinations of the offsprings of F2 generation will be:

a)Tt : tt b)TT : tt

c)TT : Tt : tt d)TT : Tt
3. Match the following with correct response. [1]

Column A Column B

(i) The master gland (a) Control cell division and cell growth

(ii) Cytokinin (b) Regulates metabolism

(iii) Insulin (c) Reduces blood sugar

(iv) Thyroxine (d) Pituitary gland

a)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b) b)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a)

c)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d) d)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)
4. Progesterone and relaxin bring about changes in the body of a [1]

a)Old woman b)Pregnant woman

c)Young girl d)Teenaged girl

5. Which one of the following is not a natural ecosystem? [1]

Page 1 of 15
 a)Cropland ecosystem b)Forest ecosystem

c)Grassland ecosystem d)Pond ecosystem

6. Opening and closing of stomata is due to [1]

a)Diffusion of CO2 in and out of the guard b)High pressure of gases inside the cells.
cells.

c)Stimulus of light in the guard cells. d)Movement of water in and out of the guard
cells.
7. United Nations Environment Programme forged an agreement to [1]

a)control water pollution b)reduce CFC production

c)control CO2 emissions in the environment d)conserve biodiversity

8. Two of the following four figures that illustrate budding are [1]

a)I and II b)I and IV

c)II and IV d)I and III

9. Assertion (A): Variation is useful for the survival of a species over time. [1]
Reason (R): The process of DNA copying will have variation each time because biochemical reactions are not
reliable.

a)Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true b)Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true,
and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of but Reason (R) is not the correct
the Assertion (A). explanation of the Assertion (A).

c)Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is d)Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is
false. true.
10. Explain the events that take place once a sperm reaches the oviduct till it becomes a foetus. Write the role of [2]
placenta in pregnancy.

11. a. Explain the role of UV radiation in producing ozone layer. [2]

b. Mention the reaction involved.
c. Why is excessive use of CFCs a cause of concern?
OR
What is an ecosystem? Give one example each of
i. natural, and
ii. man-made ecosystem.

12. i. State the function of the following plant hormones [2]

a. Abscisic acid
b. Cytokinin

Page 2 of 15
 ii. Define chemotropism

13. a. Name the two types of gametes produced by men. [3]

b. Does a male child inherit X chromosome from his father? Justify.
c. How many types of gametes are produced by a human female?

14. a. Mention one function each of the following organs in human male reproductive system: [3]

i. Testis
ii. Scrotum
iii. Vas deferens
iv. Prostate gland
b. Name the type of germ cell which (i) is motile, and (ii) stores food.
15. During respiration in an organism A, one molecule of glucose produces 2 ATP molecules whereas in respiration [4]
of another organism B, one molecule of glucose produces 38 ATP molecules.
i. Which organism is undergoing aerobic respiration?
ii. Which organism is undergoing anaerobic respiration?
iii. Which type of organism A or B can convert glucose into alcohol?
iv. Name one organism which behaves like A.
v. Name one organism which behaves like B.

16. a. What is puberty? Write any two changes that occur in boys during early teenage years. [5]
b. List two functions performed by testis in human males.
Mention one role each of (i) Vas deferens, (ii) Seminal Vesicle (iii) Urethra and (iv) Scrotum in human male
reproductive system.
OR
i. Define a reflex arc. Why have reflex arcs evolved in animals? Trace the sequence of events which occur, when
you suddenly touch a hot object.
ii. Name the part of nervous system which helps in communication between the central nervous system and other
parts of the body. What are the two components of this system?
Section B
17. When sodium hydrogen carbonate is added to ethanoic acid a gas evolves. [1]
Consider the following statements about the gas evolved?
A. It turns lime water milky.
B. It is evolved with a brisk effervescence.
C. It has a smell of burning sulphur.
D. It is also a by-product of respiration.
The correct statements are:

a)(B) and (D) only b)(A) and (B) only

c)(A), (B) and (D) d)(A), (C) and (D)

18. Which of the given statement is correct or wrong: [1]
Statement A: Detergent with less branching in the molecule is degraded more easily than branched-chain
detergents.
Statement B: Soaps are 100% biodegradable.

Page 3 of 15
 a)Both the statements A and B are true. b)Neither statement A nor statement B is true.

c)Statement B is true; Statement A is false. d)Statement A is true; Statement B is false.

19. Which of the following statements is true for an amphoteric oxide? [1]

a)It reacts with acid as well as base to form b)It reacts only with base and does not form
salt and hydrogen gas. water.

c)It reacts only with acid and does not form d)It reacts with both acid as well as base to
water. form salt and water.
20. Match the following with the correct response: [1]

Column A Column B

(i) Copper is used in electrical appliances (a) Hydrogen sulphide

(ii) Sodium is very reactive (b) Good conductor

(iii) Silver is tarnished (c) Graphite

(iv) A non-metal and a good conductor (d) Stored in kerosene

a)(i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c) b)(i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

c)(i) - (c), (ii) - (b), (iii) - (d), (iv) - (a) d)(i) - (a), (ii) - (c), (iii) - (b), (iv) - (d)
21. A student adds one big iron nail each in four test tubes containing solution of zinc sulphate, aluminium sulphate, [1]
copper sulphate and iron sulphate. A reddish brown coating was observed only on the surface of iron nail which
was added in the solution of:

a)Aluminium sulphate b)Iron sulphate

c)Zinc sulphate d)copper sulphate

22. The number of shells required to write the electronic configuration of Potassium (At. No. 19) [1]

a) 1 b) 2

c) 4 d) 3
23. If 10 mL of H2SO4 is mixed with 10 mL of Mg(OH)2 of the same concentration, the resultant solution will give [1]
the following colour with universal indicator:

a) Yellow b) Red

c) Blue d) Green
24. Reaction between X and Y, forms compound Z. X loses electron and Y gains electron. Which of the following [1]
properties is not shown by Z?

a)Has high melting point b)Has low melting point

c)Occurs as solid d)Conducts electricity in molten state

25. Solution X turns universal indicator blue to purple whereas solution Y turns universal indicator orange to red. [2]

Page 4 of 15
 a. What will be the action of solution X on litmus?
b. What will be action of solution Y on litmus?
c. Name any two substances which can give solutions like X.

26. What is a displacement reaction? Write balanced chemical equation for a displacement reaction in which iron is [3]
a reactant. Name one more element whose behaviour is similar to that of iron in such reactions. Why will this
kind of behaviour not be shown by gold?
OR
Translate the following statement into a chemical equation and then balance it :
Barium chloride reacts with aluminium sulphate to give aluminium chloride and a precipitate of barium sulphate.
27. Sample pieces of five metals A, B, C, D and E were added to the tabulated solutions separately. The results [3]
observed are shown in the table:

Metal FeSO4 CuSO4 ZnSO4 AgNO3 Al2(SO4)3

A No Change No Change No Change Coating on metal No Change

B Grey Deposit on metal Brown Coating on metal No Change Coating on metal No Change

C No Change No Change No Change No Change No Change

D No Change -------- No Change Coating on metal No Change

E -------- Brown Coating New Coating New Coating No Change

Based on the observations recorded in the table, answer the following:

(1) Which is the most reactive metal?
(2) Which is the least reactive metal?
(3) What would be observed if metal D were added to a solution of copper (II) sulphate?
(4) What would be observed if metal E were added to a solution of iron (II) sulphate?
(5) Arrange the metals A, B, C, D and E in decreasing order of their reactivity?

28. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
A hydrocarbon (P) has the molecular formula C10H22. A hydrocarbon (Q) has two carbon atoms less than (P)
and belong to the same homologous series. A hydrocarbon (R) has two carbon atoms more than (P) and belong
to the same homologous series.

i. What is the molecular formula of (Q)? Also write its IUPAC name. (1)
ii. To which homologous series do the compound (P), (Q) and (R) belong? (1)
iii. State two characteristics of homologous series? (2)
OR
What can you say about properties of compounds (P), (Q) and (R) (2)
OR
Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow:
Carbon compounds can be easily oxidised on combustion. In addition to this complete oxidation, we have reactions
in which alcohols are converted to carboxylic [Link] see that some substances are capable of adding oxygen to
others. These substances are known as oxidising agents. Also some compounds are capable of adding hydrogen.
These substances are known as reducing agents.

i. Give any two examples of good oxidising agent. (1)

Page 5 of 15
 ii. Complete the reaction: (1)
CH3CH2CH2OH + Alk. KMnO4 →
iii. Give some uses of Alcohol. (2)
OR
Why Acidified potassium dichromate is called an oxidising agent? (2)
29. Define water of crystallisation. Give the chemical formula for two compounds as examples. How can it be [5]
proved that the water of crystallisation makes a difference in the state and colour of the compounds?
OR
Common salt is a very important raw material as many compounds of industrial use can be prepared from it. Explain,
giving chemical equations, the method of preparation of washing soda from sodium chloride. List four
industrial/domestic uses of washing soda.
Section C
30. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct regarding scattering of light? [1]
i. Scattering is responsible for the bluish appearance of the sky.
ii. Clouds having droplets of water scatter all wavelengths almost equal and so are generally white.
iii. Advanced sunrise and delayed sunset are due to atmospheric reflection.

a)(i), (ii) and (iii) b)Only (ii) and (iii)

c)Only (i) and (ii) d)Only (iii)

31. Assertion (A): Large concave mirrors are used to concentrate sunlight to produce heat in solar cookers. [1]
Reason (R): Concave mirror converges the light rays falling on it to a point.

a)Both A and R are true and R is the correct b)Both A and R are true but R is not the
explanation of A. correct explanation of A.

c)A is true but R is false. d)A is false but R is true.

32. The resultant magnetic field at point P situated midway between two parallel wires (placed horizontally each [1]
carrying a steady current I is

a)in the vertically upward direction. b)in the same direction as the current in the
wires.

c)in the vertically downward direction. d)zero

33. Draw ray diagram showing the image formation by a convex lens when an object is placed at twice the focal [2]
length of the lens.
34. An electric heater rated 1100 W operates at 220 V. Calculate (i) its resistance, and (ii) the current drawn by it. [2]
OR
a. Write the mathematical expression for Joule's law of heating.
b. Compute the heat generated while transferring 96000 coulomb of charge in two hours through a potential
difference of 40 V.
35. What are the common defects of vision that can be corrected by the use of suitable eyeglasses or spectacles? [3]
36. Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit consisting of a battery of three cells of 2 V each, a 5 Ω resistor, an 8 Ω[3]

Page 6 of 15
 resistor, and a 12 Ω resistor and a plug key, all connected in series. Now, connect the ammeter to measure the
current through the resistors and a voltmeter to measure the potential difference across the 12 Ω resistors. What
would be the readings in the ammeter and the voltmeter?

37. a. Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines produced by a current carrying circular loop showing the direction [3]
of current in the loop and the direction of the magnetic field lines.
b. State the rule which can be applied to know the direction of magnetic field lines in the above case.
38. Read the following text carefully and answer the questions that follow: [4]
The electrical energy consumed by an electrical appliance is given by the product of its power rating and the
time for which it is used. The SI unit of electrical energy is Joule. Actually, Joule represents a very small
quantity of energy and therefore it is inconvenient to use where a large quantity of energy is involved. So for
commercial purposes, we use a bigger unit of electrical energy which is called kilowatt-hour. 1 kilowatt-hour is
equal to 3.6 × 106 joules of electrical energy.
i. The energy dissipated by the heater is E. When the time of operating the heater is doubled, what would be
the energy dissipated? (1)
ii. The power of a lamp is 60 W. What will be the energy consumed in 1 minute? (1)
iii. The electrical refrigerator rated 400 W operates 8 hours a day. The cost of electrical energy is ₹ 5 per kWh.
Find the cost of running the refrigerator for one day. (2)
OR
Calculate the energy transformed by a 5 A current flowing through a resistor of 2Ω for 30 minutes. (2)

39. i. Draw a ray diagram to show the path of the reflected ray in each of the following cases: [5]
A ray of light incident on a convex mirror
1. parallel to its principal axis, and
2. is directed towards its principal focus
ii. A 1.5 cm tall candle flame is placed perpendicular to the principal axis of a concave mirror of focal length 12
cm. If the distance of the flame from the pole of the mirror is 18 cm, use mirror formula to determine the
position and size of the image formed.
OR
a. What is a lens? List two main categories of lenses. In which category is a double concave lens placed?
b. A convex lens of focal length 15 cm forms a real image at a distance of 20 cm from its optical centre. Find the
position of the object. Is the image formed by the lens magnified or diminished?

Page 7 of 15
 Solution

Section A

1.
(d) Major amount of carbon dioxide produced is used up for photosynthesis during daytime.
Explanation:
Major amount of carbon dioxide produced is used up for photosynthesis during daytime.

2.
(c) TT : Tt : tt
Explanation:
TT : Tt : tt

3. (a) (i) - (d), (ii) - (a), (iii) - (c), (iv) - (b)

Explanation:
The pituitary gland is a master gland that produces growth hormones.
Cytokinins are a group of hormones that promote cell division in plant roots and shoots and the growth of buds.
The insulin hormone is secreted by the pancreas which maintains blood sugar level in the body.
Thyroxine a hormone that is made by the thyroid gland and is one of the most important thyroid hormones and it also
maintains metabolism in the body.

4.
(b) Pregnant woman
Explanation:
Progesterone levels also are extraordinarily high during pregnancy that causes a laxity and relaxin hormone produced by the
ovary it relaxes the mother's muscles, joints and ligaments to make room for the growing baby.

5. (a) Cropland ecosystem

Explanation:
Cropland ecosystem is man made.
6.
(d) Movement of water in and out of the guard cells.
Explanation:
They swell up when enters guard cells due to water movement. The pore at the stomata is now open. The stomata close when
they dry out and become flaccid.

7.
(b) reduce CFC production
Explanation:
reduce CFC production

8.
(b) I and IV
Explanation:
Yeast and Hydra reproduced by budding. A younger growth on the parent organism is seen.

9.
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
Explanation:

Page 8 of 15
 Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).

10. i. In the oviduct, sperm encounters the egg and fertilisation takes place.
ii. The fertilized egg (zygote) starts dividing and forms a ball of cells or embryo.
iii. Embryo is implanted in the lining of the uterus, where it continues to grow and develops organs to become a foetus.
iv. Role of Placenta:
Provides a large surface area for glucose and oxygen to pass from the mother to the embryo.
Waste generated by the embryo will be removed by transferring them into the mother’s blood.
11. a. High energy UV radiations split apart some molecular oxygen into free (O) atoms, these atoms combine with molecular
oxygen to form ozone.
b. The reaction involved.:
UV
O2−−→O+O
O+O2→O3
(Ozone)

c. Depletion of the ozone layer.

If these UV radiations reach the earth they may cause skin cancer in human beings.
OR
The interaction of living organism with the non-living components in an area of the environment is called as ecosystem.
i. Natural: forests / deserts / oceans / ponds / lakes
ii. Man-made: crop field / garden / aquarium / zoo
12. i. a. Abscisic acid
inhibits growth
promotes dormancy in seeds and buds.
Promotes closing of stomata.
b. Cytokinin
promotes cell division
delays aging in leaves
promotes fruit growth.
ii. Chemotropism - It is the directional movement or orientation of the plant part in response to chemical stimulus.
13. a. Sperm having X chromosome and sperm having Y chromosome
b. No, As male child gets only Y chromosome from his father and X chromosome from mother to have XY chromosome.
c. One type/only ovum/egg
14. a. i. Testis: to produce male gametes.
ii. Scrotum: to provide optimal temperature to testis for the formation of sperm.
iii. Vas deferens: to deliver the sperms to the urinary bladder.
iv. Prostrate glands: to secrete the fluid which provides nutrition and medium for transport of sperms.
b. Conventionally, the motile germ-cell is called the male gamete and the germ-cell containing the stored food is called the
female gamete.
15. i. Organism B undergoes aerobic respiration. In aerobic respiration more ATP is produced.
ii. Organism A undergoes anaerobic respiration. In anaerobic respiration less ATP is produced.
iii. Organism A can convert glucose into alcohol
iv. Yeast (anaerobic respiration)
v. Human being (aerobic respiation)
Anaerobic respiration can be of 2 types one is known as fermentation in which end products are ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide
along with ATP and other one is when pyruvate gets converted to lactic acid and carbon dioxide along with ATP.
16. a. When the rate of general body growth begins to slow down and reproductive tissue begins to mature.
In boys - New thick hair growth on face, voice begins to crack, penis begins to enlarge and become erect.
b. Testis - Formation of sperms, Secretion of hormone testosterone
Role of:
i. Vas deferens - Delivery of sperms from testes to urethra.
ii. Seminal vesicle - Provides nutrition to sperms /makes the transport(movement) of sperms easier.
iii. Urethra - Common passage for sperms and urine.

Page 9 of 15
 iv. Scrotum - Providing required temperature for sperm formation
OR
i. The pathway in which impulses travel during the reflex action is called a reflex arc.
Because the thinking part of the brain is not fast enough/for quick response to avoid injury.
Reflex arc:

ii. Peripheral Nervous System

Components: Cranial Nerves; Spinal Nerves
Section B
17.
(c) (A), (B) and (D)
Explanation:
(A), (B) and (D)

18. (a) Both the statements A and B are true.

Explanation:
All soaps are biodegradable i.e. they can be decomposed by micro-organisms like the bacteria. Branched-chain synthetic
detergents are far less degradable than unbranched detergents.
19.
(d) It reacts with both acid as well as base to form salt and water.
Explanation:
It reacts with both acid as well as base to form salt and water.

20. (a) (i) - (b), (ii) - (d), (iii) - (a), (iv) - (c)
Explanation:
Copper is a good conductor of electricity and is used in electrical appliances.
Sodium is very reactive and is stored under kerosene.
Silver is tarnished by hydrogen sulphide. Tarnish is a thin layer of corrosion that forms over it.
Graphite is an allotrope of carbon and a good conductor of electricity. It is used for making carbon electrodes and
graphite electrodes in dry cells and electric arcs.

21.
(d) copper sulphate
Explanation:
The copper sulphate solution will turn green due to the formation of iron sulphate. A reddish brown coating of copper is formed
on the nail. Iron is less reactive than aluminium and zinc. It is however, more reactive than copper. It displaces copper from its
solution (displacement reaction). The less reactive copper comes out of the solution and more reactive iron goes into the
solution.
CuSO4 (aq) + Fe (s) à FeSO4 (aq) + Cu s)

22.
(c) 4
Explanation:
4

23.
(d) Green
Explanation:

Page 10 of 15
 Sulphuric acid produces twoH+ ions on dissociation.
2−
HSO
2 4 ⇄ 2 H + + SO4
When equal volume of bothsolutions are mixed together they form water and salt by neutralisation reaction as one is acid and
other is base.
2 H + + SO2−
4
+ Mg2+ + 2 OH − → 2 HO
2 + MgSO4
Therefore, for neutral solution universal indicator shows green colour.

24.
(b) Has low melting point
Explanation:
Given that the compound X and Y form compound Z.
Here, X loses electron and Y gains electron meaning that an ionic or an electrovalent bond is formed. Thus, the compound Z is
a crystalline solid, has high melting and boiling point. It conducts electricity in the molten state.
The compound Z cannot have a low melting point.

25. a. Solution X will turn red litmus paper to blue as it is basic in nature.
b. Solution Y will turn blue litmus paper to red as it is acidic in nature.
c. Milk of Magnesia (saturated Mg(OH)2 ) and Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) solution are bases like solution X.
26. Displacement reaction is a type of reaction in which a more reactive element displaces another less reactive element. The
reactivity series of metals can be used to find out the displacement reaction.
Chemical equation for a displacement reaction in which Iron is a reactant:
Fe + CuSO4 → FeSO4 + Cu
One more element whose behaviour is similar to that of iron in such reaction is Zn.
Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2↑
This is not shown by Gold as it is the least reactive element.
OR
Barium chloride reacts with aluminium sulphate to give aluminium and separates Barium sulfate(BaSO4).
3BaCl2(aq) + Al2(SO4)3 (aq) → 2AlCl3(aq) + 3BaSO4(s)↓
27. (1) Metal E is most reactive because it displaces zinc from ZnSO4 solution.
(2) Metal C is the least reactive since it has not displaced any of the metals from their respective salt solutions.
(3) Metal D is more reactive than Ag and less reactive than Fe. It can displace Cu from CuSO4 solution.
(4) Since metal E has displaced Zn from ZnSO4 solution, it is more reactive than Zinc. It is therefore expected to be more
reactive than iron as well because iron is placed below zinc in the reactive series. Therefore, metal E displaces Fe from FeSO4
solution. A grey /black coating of iron will be deposited on the metal E.
(5) Decreasing order of reactivity E>B>D>A>C
28. i. Molecular formula of (Q) is C8H18 as it has two carbon atoms less than (P). Its IUPAC name is octane
ii. Compounds (P), (Q) and (R) are alkanes having general formula CnH2n+2. alkanes are the compounds having single bond
between carbon atoms
iii. a. All the members of the homologous series can be represented by the same general formula.
b. Any two adjacent homologues differ by 1 carbon atom and 2 hydrogen atoms in their molecular formulae.
OR
They have same chemical properties.
Compound (P), (Q) and (R) belong to same homologous series so they have different physical properties but similar chemical
properties. They have same general formula CnH2n+2. They differ by 2 carbon atoms and 4 hydrogen atoms.
OR
i. Alkaline potassium permanganate or acidified potassium dichromate are examples of good oxidising agents.
ii. CH3CH2CH2OH+Alk.KMnO4→CH3CH2COOH
iii. Alcohol is used as a solvent, spirit, alcoholic drinks, fuels, etc
OR

Page 11 of 15
 Acidified potassium permagnet K2Cr2O7 is a good oxidising agent because it can add oxygen to the reactant molecule very
easily and convert them to acid.
29. The water of crystallization is the fixed number of water molecules present in one formula unit of a salt.
For example
CuSO4.5H2O (Copper sulfate Penta hydrate) Blue vitriol.
FeSO4.7H2O (Ferrous sulfate heptahydrate) Green vitriol.
By heating these salts they lose their water molecules and hence result in a change in state and color taking place.
Blue vitriol is blue as it contains 5 molecules of water of crystallization.
When it is heated, it loses water of crystallisation and becomes anhydrous copper sulfate (CuSO4) which is grey-white.
On heating green vitriol, anhydrous ferrous sulfate (FeSO4) is formed, which is white.
Anhydrous ferrous sulfate (FeSO4) on further heating, decomposes into ferric oxide (Fe2O3), Sulfur dioxide (SO2), and
sulfur trioxide (SO3) gas is released.
OR
The method of preparation of washing soda from sodium chloride are as follows
Concentrated solution of sodium chloride reacts with ammonia and carbon dioxide to obtain sodium hydrogen carbonate
and ammonium chloride.
NaCl + NH3 + CO2 + H2O → NaHCO3 + NH4Cl
When sodium hydrogen carbonate is heated strongly, sodium carbonate is obtained.
Heat
2NaHCO−−−→NaCO+CO+HO
3 2 3 2 2
Sodium carbonate is dissolved in water to obtain washing soda.
Na2CO3 + 10H2O→ Na2CO3 10H2O
⋅
Uses:
In glass, soap and paper industries.
Manufacture of borax.
As cleaning agent for domestic purposes.
For removing permanent hardness of water.
Section C
30.
(c) Only (i) and (ii)
Explanation:
Advance sunrise and delayed sunset are due to atmospheric refraction.

31. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Concave mirror converges the light rays falling on it to a point. So large concave mirrors are used to concentrate sunlight to
produce heat in solar cookers.
32.
(d) zero
Explanation:
When two parallel wires carry equal currents in the same direction and are placed horizontally, the magnetic fields produced by
these wires cancel each other out at the midpoint between them. This results in a net magnetic field of zero at point P. This
phenomenon is due to the equal and opposite directions of the magnetic fields produced by the two wires, leading to their
complete cancellation at the midpoint.

Page 12 of 15
33.

V×V
34. i. P = R
V×V
R = P
220× 220
R = 1100
R = 48400
1100
R = 44 ohm
ii. V = R
I
I=V
R
I = 220
44
I=5A
OR
a. The mathematical expression of the Joules Law of heating is: H = I2 Rt
Here, H is a heating effect, I is the current flowing through the device and t is the time taken.
b. Given:
Amount of charge transferred = 96000 C
Time taken = 2hrs = 2 × 60 × 60 sec = 7200 sec
Potential difference = 40 V
Heat generated = V × I × t
and we know that; I = Q
t
So, H = VQ
= 40 × 96000
= 3.84 × 106 J
35. There are mainly four common defect of vision that can be corrected by the use of suitable eyeglasses or spectacles. There are
i. Myopia or near-sightedness,
ii. Hypermetropia or far-sightedness,
iii. Presbyopia, and
iv. Astigmatism
36. The total resistance of the circuit is given by

R = 5 + 8 + 12 = 25Ω
We know, R = V I
Hence, 25 = I6
I = 6 = 0.24 A
25
Since, resistances are connected in series, thus electric current remains the same through all resistors.
Here we have, Electric current, I = 0.24 A
Resistance, R = 12Ω
Thus, potential difference (V) through the resistor of 12Ω is given by
V=I×R
= 0.24 × 12 = 2.88 V

Page 13 of 15
 ∴Reading of ammeter = 0.24 A
Reading of voltmeter through resistor of 12 Ω = 2.88 V
37. a.

b. Right Hand Thumb Rule:- When a current carrying straight conductor is held in the right hand in such a way that the thumb
points towards the direction of the current, then the fingers will wrap around the conductor in the direction of the field lines of
the magnetic field
38. i. E ∝t
When the time of operating the heater is doubled, the energy dissipated is doubled.
ii. Given: P = 60 W, t = 1 min
E = 60 × 1 × 60 = 3600 J
iii. Given: P = 400 Ω, t = 8 hour
E = 400 × 8 = 3200 Wh = 3.2 kWh
Cost = 3.2 × 5 = ₹ 16
OR
Given: I = 5A, R = 2Ω, t = 30 min
E = I2Rt = 5 × 5 × 2 × 30 × 60
E = 90000 J = 90 kJ

39. i. 1.

2.

ii. Here f = -12 cm,u = -18 cm, v = ?, h = 1.5 cm, h' = ?

Mirror formula 1v +1=1
u f

∴ 1
v
1
= f − 1u
= 1 cm− 1
= −12 −18 cm
−1
36

∴v =-36 cm
h′ v
m= h
=− u
h′ (−36)
1.5 =− (− 18)

h' = -3.0 cm
OR

Page 14 of 15
a. A transparent materialbounded by two surfaces of which one or both surfaces are spherical / curved.
a. Converginglens
b. Diverginglens
Doubleconcavelensisadiverging lens.
b. To find thepositionoftheobject, we can use the lens formula:
f = 15 cm,v=20cm,u=?
1
= 1 −u1
f v
⇒ 1
u
= 1v − 1
f
1 1
= −
20cm 15cm
= 4−3
60
u=-60 cm.
image is diminished.

Page 15 of 15